PLZ DOWNLOAD GRAND QUIZ FILE (vulmshelp.

com) Then Start Your QUIZ

1. is a technique in which we construct a model of an entity based upon its
essential characteristics and ignore the inessential details.
 Polymorphism
 Abstraction
 Aggregation
 Inheritance
2. An attribute that varies over time. e.g.., price of an item, should be replaced by
a/an with an effective data and value.
 Additional class
 Structure
 Interface
 Additional Method/F unction
3. To construct a system model the engineer should consider one of the
following restraining factors?
 Schedule and milestones
 Budge and expenses
 Data objects and operations
 Assumptions and constraints
4. In the use case diagram, an ellipse signifies a(n):
 System boundary
 Class
 Actor
 Use case
5. A software requirement document describes all the provided by
the system along with the constraints under which it must operate.
 Conditions
 Processes
 Services
 Events

6. UML is a language for .

 Low-level Programming
 High-level Programming
 Modeling and design
 Creating diagrams only
7. Which elements of business processing engineering are the responsibilities of
the software engineer?
 Business area analysis
 Product planning
 Business system design
 Information strategy planning
8. Identify the TRUE statement.
 Software with Functional oriented design does not fulfill nonfunctional
requirements.
 Functional oriented design does not lead to an efficient product.
 Normally object oriented design is more maintainable than functional oriented.
 Object oriented design cannot implement “separation of concerns” strategy
9. Specialization means:
 Calling the same method with object of child object
 Abstraction
 Hiding the data
 Creating new subclasses from an existing class
10. In case of approach, decomposition of a problem revolves around data.
 Object-oriented
 Action-oriented
 Event-oriented
 Process-oriented
11. An architectural style encompasses which of the following elements?
 Semantic Model and Constraints
 Set of components and semantic models
 Constraints, set of components and semantic models
 Set of components and constraints

12. In “Railway tickets reservation system” the roles such as inquiry,

reservation, ticketing and cancellation are to be performed by the user call.
 System analyst
 System designer
 Passenger
 System developer
13. There are most important characteristics of an object.
 Two
 Four
 Three
 Six
14. Which one is not a part of software development phase?
 Construction
 Project vision
 Definition
 Scope
15. Which one of the following is the external quality of a software product?
 Cohesion
 Correctness
 Low coupling
 Concision
16. The process of utilizing our knowledge of computer science in effective production
of software system is called
 Electrical Engineering
 Chemical Engineering
 Software Engineering
 Computer Engineering
17. The context diagram is used as the top level abstraction in a developed
according to principles of structure analysis.
 Dataflow diagram
 State transition diagram
 Activity diagram
 Use case diagram
18. While establishing the services for an object, the goal is to keep data and
action together for coupling and cohesion.
 Higher, Lower
 Lower, Higher
 Lower, Lower
 Higher, Higher
19. Software architecture must address requirements of a software system.
 Both functional and non-functional
 Functional
 Non-functional
 User interface requirements
20. has become a standard notation for object oriented system modeling.
 UML
 Java
 OCL (object constraint language)
 C++
21. Software Engineering is the combination of tools, techniques and
 Testing
 Design
 Maintenance
 Processes
22. The relationship is the kind of a generalization specialization relationship.
 Extends
 Uses
 Binary
 Bit-Byte
23. In UML based oriented model of a system, composition relation between
two objects is shown by a
 A half arrowhead
 An unfilled diamond
 A dot
 A filled diamond
24. Return values in synchronous message are:
 Represented by solid lines
 Compulsory
 Not used
 May not when response in obvious
25. requirements are often called product feature.
 Developer
 User
 Functional
 Non-functional
26. In multiprocessing application, different execution threads may pass information
to one another by sending _.
 Synchronous message
 Interrupt calls
 Asynchronous message
 System calls
27. The use case diagram shows that which interact with each use case.
 Actor
 Relation
 Component
 Use case
28. If Cat is derived from Mammal class, and Mammal is derived from Animal
class, then:
 Cat will inherit Animal’s functions and data
 Cat is allowed to access only the Mammal’s Class
 Cat will not be able to access any class
 Cat will inherit Animal’s functions and data
29. Coupling is a measure of of a module or component.
 Aggregation
 Independence
 Dependence
 Composition
30. Normally a system will be more easy to modify if its modules
have:
 Low coupling and High cohesion.
 High coupling and Low cohesion.
 High coupling and High cohesion.
 Low coupling and Low cohesion.
31. Whole part structure is also called
a. Generalization
b. Aggregation
c. Specialization
d. Association of what
32. A prototype is not the real product. It is rather just a real looking
would be eventually delivered and might not do anything useful.
a. Mock-up page 68
b. Ad-hoc
c. Design
d. Structure

33. In "Railway ticket reservation system" the roles such as inquiry, reservation, ticketing
and cancellation are to be performed by the user called:-
a. Passenger
b. System analyst
c. System developer
d. System designer
34. A useful technique for evaluating the overall complexity of a proposedarchitecture is to
look at the component's _.
a. number and size of components
b. flow dependencies and sharing dependencies
c. size and cost
d. function points
35. _ relationship is concerned with classes not with the class instantiates.
a. Association
b. Inheritance
c. Aggregation
d. Composition
35.
Software development is a step-by-step process, and in phase of software

development Business Objective of an organization

gets cleared.
a. Maintenance
b. Development
c. Definition
d. Vision
36.
The data on which the program operates is also
considered as part of
the
.
a. Important Data
b. Software page 01
c. Logical Data
d. Utility Software

37.
Consider the following piece of code:
public class Square extends Shape {
// some code
}
The above code is an example of:
a. Part-Whole relationship
b. Generalization/Specialization
c. Data Sharing
d. Data encapsulation
38.
Requirement engineering mainly deals with the _ of
the system
a. Vision Phase
b. Definition Phase page 16
c. Development Phase
d. Maintenance Phase
39.
A relationship indicates that one entity is composed of one or more parts which

are themselves instances of that or another entity.

a. Inheritance
b. Whole-part
c. Generalization
d. Specialization
40.
In UML Object Model Notation
a. C++ language-specific programs are constructed
b. mathematical problems are visualised
c. relationships among classes and sub-classes are expressed page 92
d. Graphs and tables are used to explain Software Engineering principles
41.
In the case of , intra component linkages are stronger while inter component
linkages are
weak.
a. high cohesion

b. low coupling page 73

c. low cohesion
d. high coupling

42.
In Data Flow Diagram, the entity or system, outside the boundary of this system is
called
a. Process
b. Data Flow
c. External Agent
d. Data Store
43.
A cohesive Class is one which emphasizes on unit of functionality
a. Single
b. Multiple page 76
c. Static
d. Both Single and Multiple
44.
The goal of is to translate the customer's desire for a set of defined

capabilities into a working product.

a. Electrical Engineering
b. Product Engineering
c. Hardware Engineering
d. Mechanical Engineering
45.
In Object Oriented Design. layer contains the details that enable each object to

communicate with its collaborators

a. Subsystem
b. Responsibility
c. Message page 89
c. Object
46.
A DFD is normally leveled (adding more levels of abstraction) as
a. it is a good idea in design
b. it is recommended by many experts
c. it is easy to do it
d. it is easier to read and understand a number of smaller DFDs than one large
DFD
47.
As per Peter Coad's methodology, which of the following may NOT be a perfect
candidate for being an object?
a. Zone
b. Recipient
c. Garage
d. Password page 93 94
48.
The modules interacting with each other through message passing
have between them.
a. low cohesion
b. high cohesion
c. low coupling page 74
d. high coupling
49.
In UML based Object Oriented model of a system, the inheritance relation between
two classes is shown by a sign towards the super-class side on the association
line between the two.
a. A filled diamond
b. An unfilled diamond
c. A half arrowhead

d. An arrowhead page 92
50.
Which statement is not according to the software engineering principles? Software
engineering is a(n) .
a. Balancing act
b. Disciplined approach

c. Unsystematic approach page 5

d. Quantifiable approach
is not the real product but just a real looking mock-up of what would be
51.
A

eventually delivered.
a. Software
b. Program
c. Prototype(page 68)
d. Test Case
52.
The best way to conduct a requirements validation review is to
a. examine the system model for errors
b. have the customer look over the requirements
c. send them to the design team and see if they have any concerns
d. use a checklist of questions to examine each requirement
53.
More powerful hardware resulted into the development of powerful and
 software.
a. less, complex
b. more, complex page 4
c. more, simple
d. less, simple
54.
From the following which is/are not the example(s) of illegal data flow in
Data Flow Diagram (DFD)
a. External Agents directly communicating with each other
b. External Agent updating information in a DataStore
c. External Agent accessing information from a Data Store
d. There must be an intermediate process which should transform data
received from one external entity and then send the transformed data to
the other external entity
55.
Which of the given component of software engineering framework provides
different techniques that can be used to perform a particular task?
a. Processes
b. Tools
c. Methods page 12
d. Quality Focus
56.
Prototyping is used when there is regarding requirements.
a. Uncertainty(page 68)
b. Confirmation
c. Conflict
d. Consensus
57.
The process of utilizing our knowledge of computer science in effective
production of software systems is called
a. Chemical Engineering
b. Electrical Engineering
c. Computer Engineering
d. Software Engineering page 2
58.
In Abbot's Textual Analysis technique, different parts of speech are
identified within the text of the specification and these parts are modeled
using different
a. Event
b. Process
c. Operations
d. Components page 90
59.
To help separate an object's external behavior from its implementation, the
technique used is called
a. Generalization
b. Association
 c. Composition
d. Abstraction page 86
60.
A Process in Data Flow Diagram (DFD) represents
a. Flow of data
b. Transformation of data (page 49)
c. Storage of data
d. An external agent
61.
In data flow diagram (DFD). Create, Update, Delete and Read
operations are normally called:
a. CRUD operations page 53
b. DURC operations
c. RUDC operations
62.
Which of the following is not part of software architecture?
a. Databases
b. data design
c. program
structure d.
algorithm
details
63.
Selecting objects in a domain)
include: a. Actors.
Participants and Places
b. Only Participants
c. Only Actors
d. Only Actors and Places
64.
.Defining the
services of an object
means:
a. What it does? Page 96
b. What it knows?
c. Who knows it?
d. Whom it knows?
64. requirements cause frequent modifications in user interface
a. Functional
b. Non-functional
c. Unstable page 62
d. User

CS504 Quiz 1 Lec1-10 mcqs

100+Monkey
Orange mcqs correct
Team answer Page 1

Orange Monkey Team

Important NOTE:-
Like share and comment too ..ager koi
mistake hogaye ho to sorry and comment
main lazmi mention krdijiye ga takey main
correction krlon file main …. And like
zaroor krein is hamein or bhe apsab
keyliye files makes krny ke himat milti hey
…JAZAKALLAG

Orange Monkey Team Page 2

 1. An arrow in data flow diagram represents:

Direction of flow of data…..confirm

2. The system model template contains which of the following elements.

Input/output

3. A context diagram:

Is a DFD which gives an overviews of the system…..confirm

4. In phase of software development requirement analyst focuses on

possible design of the proposed solution

Definition

Orange Monkey Team Page 3

 5. System are built to allow the system engineer to evaluate the system
components in relationship to one another.

Models….confirm

6. diagram does not capture control flow information, it just shows the flow of
the data in a system

Data flow diagram…..confirm

7. In data flow diagram (DFD), Create, Update, delete and read operations are
normally called.

CRUD operation…..confirm

8. More powerful hardware resulted into the development of _ powerful and

software.

More,complex…..confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 4

 9. Which elements of business processing engineering are the responsibilities of the
software engineer?

Business system design…..confirm

10. The use case diagram shows that which interact with each use case.

Actor…..confirm

11. A prototype is not the real product but just a real looking of what would
be eventually delivered and might not do anything useful

Mock-up……confirm

12. A is not the real product but just a real looking mock-up of what would
be eventually delivered.

Prototype……confirm

13. In data flow diagram the entity or system outside the boundary of this system is
called

External Agent….confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 5

Orange Monkey Team Page 6
 14. The project manager would need _ document to monitor and track the progress of
the project and if needed.

Requirement….confirm

15. By leveling a DFD(adding more levels of abstraction) we mean

Splitting it into different levels……confirm

16. Data cannot flow from one external entity to other external entity

because It is not allowed in DFD…..confirm

17. A is not the real product but just a real looking mock up of what would be
eventually delivered.

Prototype…..confirm

18. A context diagram is used

As an aid to system design….confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 7

Orange Monkey Team Page 8
 19. the analyst determines all the sources of requirements and where do
these requirements consume.

Source and sink analysis…..confirm

20. is a technique that can be used to reduce customer dissatisfaction at the

requirement stage.

Prototyping ,,,,confirm

21. An external entity that interacts with the system is called a(n):

Actor…..confirm

22. At which stage of software development loop results are delivered?

Status quo…..confirm

23. Requirement engineering mainly deals with the of the system

Definition phase…..confirm

24. A use case represents

Orange Monkey Team Page 9

Orange Monkey Team Page 10
 The role a user plays when interacting with the system….confirm

25. requirements are often called products features.

Non-functional……confirm

26. All the documents related to the software are also considered as part of the .

Software….confirm

27. Include and extend relationship is used in UML notation of a/an .

Use case model…..confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 11

Orange Monkey Team Page 12
 28. A DFD is normally leveled (adding more levels of abstraction) as

It is easier to read and understand a number of smaller DFDs than one

large DFD…..confirm

29. From the following which is/are not the example(s) of illegal data flow in data flow
diagram.

There must be an intermediate process which should transform data

received from one external entity and then send the transformed data to the other
external entity….confirm

30. In data flow diagram (DFD) data flow can

Originate and terminate in an external entity….confirm

31. To construct a system model the engineer should consider one of the following
restraining factors?

Assumptions and constraints…..confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 13

Orange Monkey Team Page 14
 32. In a top-down system analysis a/an _ is required to develop high level view of the
system at first

Analyst……confirm

33. In data flow diagram (DFD) one data store cannot directly copy the data from
another .

Data store…..confirm

34. of the total cost of the software development is spent on maintenance.

Two third….confirm

35. The system specification describes the

Function and behavior of a computer-based system…..confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 15

 36. In software engineering paradigm, any engineering approach must be founded on
organizational commitment to .

Quality…..confirm

37. Which one is not a part of software development phase?

Project Vision….confirm

38. A process in Data flow diagram (DFD) represents

Transmission of data…..confirm

39. In use case diagram, an ellipse signifies an

Use case…..confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 16

Orange Monkey Team Page 17
 40. Which of the given component of software engineering framework provides
different techniques that can be used to perform a particular task.

Method…..confirm

41. Which of the given component of software engineering framework demands

rational and timely development of a software?

Quality focus….confirm

42. Arranging information in form makes it easy to read, understand and

comprehend as compared to streams of text.

Tabular ….confirm

43. The data on which the program operates is also considered as part of the .

Software…..confirm

44. Construction activities are directly related to software .

Construction or Development….both are confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 18

Orange Monkey Team Page 19
45. Many of the problems encountered in Software development are attributed to
shortcoming in .

Requirement gathering……confirm

46. component of software engineering framework provides automated or semi-

automated support in a software development

Tools…..confirm

47. Use case construction is a technique used for

Requirements structuring…..confirm

48. The context diagram is used as the top level abstraction in a _ developed according
to principles of structured analysis.

Dataflow diagram…..confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 20

49. Which one of the following is the external quality of a software product.

correctness…..confirm

50. A software requirement document describes all the provided by the system
along with the constraints under which it must operate.

Services….confirm

51. If you try to make software more user-friendly then the may suffer.

Effiency……confirm

52. According to caper jones analysis of project activities coding only has affect
part in software development

13-14%.........confirm

53. In phase of software development, requirement engineer focuses on

realizing the business object of an under developed product

development..........confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 21

Orange Monkey Team Page 22
54. Which statement is not according to the software engineering principles? Software
engineering is an .

Unsystematic approach…..confirm

55. The architecture components for product engineering are

Data, hardware, software, people…..confirm

56. structure represents the internal organization of the various data and
control items.

Data….confirm

57. The process of utilizing our knowledge of computer science in effective production
of software system is called.

Software Engineering…confirm

58. are kind of umbrella activities that are used to smoothly and successfully
perform the connection activities.

Management activites…..confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 23

59. Software Engineering in the combination of tools techniques and .

Processes…..confirm

60. In use case diagram, the scope of the system is defined by

System boundary…..confirm

61. The relationship is kind of a generalization specialization relationship.

Extends….confirm

62. Data cannot flow from one external entity to other external entity

because: It is not allowed in DFD…..confirm

63. The best way to conduct a requirements validation review is to.

Use a checklist of questions to examine each requirement….confirm

64. External entity may be

Orange Monkey Team Page 24

Orange Monkey Team Page 25
 Source of input data only…..confirm

65. Which of the following is used for multi level commenting?

/*Comment*/….confirm

66. Return values in Synchronous messages are represented by

A dotted line with label….confirm

67. is a role that each actor plays in the system under.

Participant…..confirm

68. Modules with high cohesion and low coupling can be treated and analyzed

as. Black boxes……confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 26

Orange Monkey Team Page 27
 69. Any Engineering approach must be founded on organizational commitment to
.

Quality….confirm

70. Return values in synchronous messages are: (V.V.V)

May not used when response is obvious…..confirm

71. According to Caper Jones analysis of project activities, coding only has affect
part in system development.

13-14%...confrim

72. In multi-threaded or multiprocessing applications where different execution threads

may pass information to one another by sending to each other.

Asynchronous messages…..confirm

73. Which of the following is not among the four layers of the object-oriented pyramid?
The abstract layer……confirm

74. System models include(V.V.V)

All options….confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 28

Orange Monkey Team Page 29
 75. In the architecture trade-off analysis method the architectural style should
be described using the.

All options…confirm

76. is concerned with decomposing the system into interacting sub-system.

System structuring…..confirm

77. Software development is a step-by-step process and in phase of software

development Business Objective of an organization gets cleared.
Vision….confirm

78. When two components of a system are using the same global data area, they are
related as.

Content coupling….confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 30

Orange Monkey Team Page 31
 79. The goal of is to translate the customer’s desire for a set of defined
capabilities into a working product.

Product engineering….confirm

80. The condition that must be met before the use case can be invoked, is called

Precondition…..confirm

81. In software engineering paradigm any engineering approach must be founded

an organizational commitment to .

Quality ……confirm

82. There are most important characteristics of an object.

Three….confirm

83. requirements cause frequent modifications in user interface

Unstable….confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 32

Orange Monkey Team Page 33
 84. Prototyping is used when there is regarding requirements.

Uncertainty…confirm

85. UML is a language for

Modeling and design…confirm

86. UML stands for .

Unified Modeling Language.

87. Requirement engineering focuses on aspect of the software

development process.

What….confirm

88. Many of the problems encountered in Software development are attributed to

shortcoming in .

Requirement gathering and documentation process…..confrim

89. In object Oriented design layer contains the details that enable each object to
communicate with its collaborators.

Message….confrim

Orange Monkey Team Page 34

Orange Monkey Team Page 35
 90. In Object Oriented design layer contains a representation of each of the
subsystem that enable the software to achieve its customers defined requirements
and to implement the technical infrastructure that supports customer requirements.

Subsystem….confirm

91. In object oriented design layer contains the class hierarchies that enable the
system to be created using generalization and increasingly more targeted
specializations.

Class and object layer…..confrim

92. In object oriented design layer contains the data structures and algorithmic
design for all attributes and operations for each object.

Responsibility …..confrim

93. Normally a system will be more easy to modify if its modulus have:

Low coupling and high cohesion….confirm

94. The best way to conduct a requirements validation review is to.

Use a checklist of question to examine each requirement….confrim

Orange Monkey Team Page 36

Orange Monkey Team Page 37
 95. Software design discusses aspect of software development.

How….confirm

96. Software Engineering is the combination of tools, techniques and .

Processes….confrim

97. requirements cause frequent modifications in user interface.

Unstable…..confirm

98. In abbot’s Textual analysis technique, different parts of speech are identified within
the text of the specification and these parts are modeled using different .

Components…..confrim

99. Which statement is not according to the software engineering principles? Software
engineering is a(n) .

Unsystematic approach…..confrim

Orange Monkey Team Page 38

 100. OOD results in a design that
achieves a number of different levels of .

Modularity…..confrim

101. The architecture components for

product engineering are
Data, hardware, software, people….confrim

102. GUI stands for .

Graphical User interface…..confirm

103. In the case of intra

component linkages are stronger white inter component linkages are weak.

Low coupling……confirm

104. In the case of module

boundaries are not well defined as everything seems to be connected with everything
else.

Orange Monkey Team Page 39

 Highly coupled system……confirm

105. A prototype is not the real

product. It is rather just a real looking of what would be
eventually delivered and might not do anything useful.

Mock-up…..confirm

106. Coupling is a measure of

of a module or

component.

Independence……

confirm

107. In UML, based object Oriented

model of a system the demand sign is used to depict relations between two
objects/classes.

Composition and Aggregation……confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 40

 108. and are important
short circuiting logical operators.
a.And b. OR c. Not d. NOR

Orange Monkey Team Page 41

 a & b….confirm

109. One of the main reasons to make

functions is .

Reusability…..confrim

110. Is prefix should be used for

variables and methods.

Boolean…..confrim

111. The terms get/set must be used

where an is accessed directly.

Attribute……confirm

112. Code should not be.

Commented…..confirm

113. The size of plays a

significant role in making the program easy or difficult to understand

Orange Monkey Team Page 42

 Individual functions……confirm

114. is a tool that can help us

in reducing the size of individual functions.

Modularity…..confrim

115. N-tier architecture stems from

the struggle to find a between the fat-client architecture and the thin-client
architecture.

Middle ground……confirm

116. For (i=0, col = 0; i<27; i++, j++).

In the above line of the code, 27 is representing .

Constant…..confrim

Orange Monkey Team Page 43

Orange Monkey Team Page 44
 117. In case of using unrelated
operators in a single expression would be the best choice to prevent the

logical errors.
Parenthesize….confrim

118. In the switch statement, cases

should always end with a statement.

Break….confirm

119. Floating point constants should

always be written with decimal point and at least.

One decimal….confrim

120. In case of header files

construction is to avoid errors. The construction should appear in the top of the
file ( before the file header).

Compilation……confirm

121. Names representing methods

and functions should be and written in mixed case starting with case.

Verbs, lower….confrim

Orange Monkey Team Page 45

Orange Monkey Team Page 46
 122. Names representing types must
be nouns and written in mixed case starting with .

Upper case….confrim

123. Variable names must be in

mixed case starting with .

Lower case….confrim

124. Names representing constants

must be all uppercase using underscore to words.

Separate….confrim

125. Names representing template

types in C++ should be a letter.

Single uppercase…..confirm

126. Global variables in C++ should

always be referred to by using the operator.
( :: ) …..confrim

127. Private class variable should

have suffix.

Orange Monkey Team Page 47

 Underscore( _ )…..confirm

Orange Monkey Team Page 48

 128. MVC stands for

Model View Controller….confirm

___________________________________

Orange Monkey Team Page 49

 CS504 GRAND QUIZ
MCS FAMILY GROUP
TEAM
BY: ARSAL SHANI & AINA MALIK
1) Modules with high cohesion and low coupling can be treated and analysed as
White boxes
i.

black boxes
ii.

iii. grey boxes

iv. none of these
2) While establishing the services for an object, the following fundamental questions should be
asked:
i) Why does the system need this object anyway?
ii) What useful questions can it answer?
iii) What useful action can it perform?
iv) All of the given options.
3)is a role that each actor plays in the system under consideration.
An act i)

A participant
ii)

A function
iii)

None of the given

iv)

4) Any Engineering approach must be founded on organizational commitment to---------------.

Costi.

Schedulin
ii.

g iii. Quality
iv. Performance
5) Return values in synchronous massages are:
i) Compulsory
ii) May not used when response is obvious
iii) Not used at all
iv) Represented by solid lines
6) According to Caper Jhones analysis of project activities, coding only has-------affect part in
system
development. i.
13-14%
ii. 36-40%
iii. 50-60%
iv. 70-80%
Orange Monkey Team
7) Normally a system is more easy to modify if its modules have Page 50
High coupling and high cohesion
i.

High coupling and low

ii.

cohesion iii. Low coupling and

high cohesion
 iv. Low coupling and Low cohesion
8) In multi-threaded or multiprocessing applications where different execution threads may pass
information to one another by sending--------------------------to each other.

Orange Monkey Team Page 51

 i. Interrupt calls
ii. Synchronous messages
iii. Asynchronous messages
iv. System Calls
9) Which of the following is not among the four layers of the object-oriented pyramid?
The subsystem layers
i.

The class and object layer

ii.

iii. The abstract layer

iv. The message layers
10) System models include:
User business processes
i.

User activities for conducting the business process

ii.

iii.Processes that need to be automated

iv. All of the given options
11) In the architecture trade-off analysis method the architectural style should be described using
the
Data flow view
i.

Mo view
ii.

iii.Process view
iv. All of the given
12)is concerned with decomposing the system into interacting sub-systems.
a) System structuring
b) Control Modelling
c) Molecular Decomposition
d) None of the given
13) A use case represents:
A class, its attributes and operations
i.

An operation’s interface and signature

ii.

iii.The role a user plays when interacting with the system

iv. The system’s functionality for a particular purpose
14) External entity may be:
Source of input data only
i.

Source of input data and destination of results

ii.

iii.Destination of results
iv. Repository of data
15) The process of utilizing our knowledge of computer science in effective production of
- -.
Chemical Engineering
i.

Electrical Engineering
ii.

Computer Engineering
iii.

iv. System Engineering

16) Coupling is a measure of-------------of a component.
Independence
i.

Dependence
ii.

Aggregation
iii.

Composition
Orange Monkey Team
iv.

17)has become a standard notation for object-oriented system modelling: Page 52

 UML i.

C++
ii.

iii. OCL(Object Constraint Language)

iv. None of the given option
18) An arrow in data flow diagram represents:
i. Direction of flow of data
ii. Processing of data
iii. External agent
iv. Internal Agent
19)diagrams does not capture control flow information, it just shows the flow of data
in a system.
Sequence
i.

Data Flow
ii.

iii. Activity
iv. Class
20) In-------------the analyst determines the source of requirements and where do these
requirements consume:
a) Data flow analysis
b) Source and sink analysis
c) Down parsing
d) Up parsing
21) Data cannot flow from one external entity to other external entity because:
a) It will get corrupted
b) It is not allowed in DFD
c) An external entity has no mechanism to read or write
d) Both are outside the context of the system
22) In the functional design, the structure of the system resolves around:
a) Objects
b) Properties
c) Functions
d) All of the given options
23)is one of the techniques to document domain knowledge
a) State transition diagram
b) Feasibility matrix
c) System matrix
d) None of the given options
24) In case of----------------approach , decomposition of a problem revolves around data.
a) Object-Oriented
b) Action-Oriented
c) Event-Oriented
d) Process-Oriented
25) The-----------------relationship is a kind of a generalization specialization relationship:
a) Bit-Byte
b) Uses
Orange Monkey Team
c) Binary
d) Extends
Page 53

26) Which statement is not true about system software?

 a) Change request has direct impact on software
b) Passes through a constant process of evolution
c) Change requests have direct impact in the form of defects
d) None of the given
27) Strong cohesion implies that:
a) All parts of a component have a close logical relationship with each other
b) All parts of a component don’t have a close relationship with each other
c) Component is dynamic in nature
d) Component is static in nature

28) The intent of Object-Oriented Analysis(OOA) is to define:

a) All classes
b) Relationships among classes
c) Behaviour of classes
d) All of the given options
29) Requirement engineering focuses on-----------------aspect of the software development process.
a) Both what and
how b) What
c) How
d) Why and how
30)relationship is concerned with classes, not with class instantiates.
a)
Association
b)
Inheritance
c) Aggregation
d) Composition
31) Which of the following statements are true in context of the object model deviation through the
Coad methodology?
a) A place is also a contains
b) Every container needs to be a place
c) Same person may play different times in the system.
i. A only
ii. A and
b iii. A and
c
iv. All of the given
32) The goal of----------is to translate the customer’s desire for a set of defined capabilities into a
working product.
Electrical engineering
i.

Product engineering
ii.

Hardware engineering
iii.

iv.Mechanical engineering
33) In case of a-------message, the called routine that handles the message is completed before the
Orange Monkey
caller resumes execution. Team Page 54
a) Synchronous
b) Asynchronous
c) Bidirectional
i. A only
 ii. B only

Orange Monkey Team Page 55

 iii. C only
iv. All of the given
34) In multiprocessing applications, different execution threads may pass information to one
another by sending--------to each other.
Interrupt calls i.

Synchronous messages
ii.

iii. Asynchronous messages

iv. System calls
35) A car is made up of a body, three or four wheels, a steering mechanism, a breaking mechanism,
and a power engine”
The above statement is example of:
Whole-part relationship i.

Inheritance ii.

Specialization iii.

Generalization iv.

36) To help separate an object’s external behaviour from its implementation, the technique used is
called -------
Generalization
i.

Association
ii.

iii. Composition
iv. Abstraction
37) Sequences of messages can be present in:
(a) Use case diagram
(b) Sequence diagram
(c) Collaboration diagram
1) a only
2) b only
3) c only
4) b and c
38) Which of the following strategies lead to good software design:
Separation of concerns
i.

Modularity ii.

Divide-and-conquer
iii.

All of the given options

iv.

39) Data flow model:

Captures the flow of data in a system
i.

Helps in developing an understanding of system’s functionality

ii.

Describes data origination, transformations and consumption in a system

iii.

All of the given options

iv.

40)requirements are often called product features.

Functional i.

Non-functional ii.

Developer
iii.

User iv.

41) In the functional design, the structure of the system revolves around.
Orange Monkey Team
Objects i.

Page 56
Properties ii.
 iii. Functions
iv. All of the given option
42) The first step in any OOA process model is
to i. Build an object-relationship model.
ii. Define collaborations between objects.
iii. Elicit customer requirements
iv. Select a representation language
43) The------relationship is kind of a generalization specialization relationship.
Bit-byte
i.

Uses
ii.

iii. Binary
iv. Extends
44) Regarding data flow model, which of the following statement(s) is true:
It captures the transformation of data between processes/functions of a system ii.
i.

Processes on a data flow can operate in parallel

iii. Only those processes are represented which we need to automate
iv. All of the given option
45)is an extremely powerful technique for dealing with complexity.
Aggregatio
i.

n ii. Abstraction
iii. Inheritance
iv. Association
46) In “point of sale system”. the term “payment” represents
Actori.

Participant
ii.

iii. Transaction
iv. Container
47) The architecture components for product engineering are
i. Data, hardware, software, people
ii. Data, documentation, hardware, software
iii. Data, hardware, software, procedures
iv. Documentation, hardware, people, procedures
48) An object model encompasses the principle(s) of
Abstraction
i.

Encapsulation
ii.

iii. Hierarchy or inheritance

iv. All of the given option
49) Prototyping is used when there is------------regarding requirements.
Uncertainty
i.

Confirmation
ii.

iii. Conflict
iv. Consensus
50) In-------phase of software development, requirement analyst focuses on possible design of the
proposed solution.
i. Maintenance
Orange
iii.
Monkey Team
ii. Development
Definition
Page 57
 iv. Vision
51) At which stage of software development loop, results are delivered?
Problem definition
i.

Solution integration
ii.

iii. Technical development

iv. Status quo
52) A class will be cohesive if:
Class does not implement complex interfaces
i.

Class does not have complex methods

ii.

iii. If most of the methods do not use most of the data members most of the time
iv. If most of the methods use most of the data members most of the time.
53) A DFD is normally levelled (adding more levels of abstraction) as
It is a good idea in design
i.

It is recommended by many experts

ii.

iii. It is easy to do it
iv. It is easier to read and understand a number of smaller DFDs than one large DFD
54) Identify the true statement(s)
An attribute that may have a number of values should be replaced by a new class and an
i.

object connection
An attribute that varies over time, e.g. price of an item, should be replaced by an
ii.

additional class with an affective data and value

iii. Replace “yes/no” type attribute with “status” type attributes for flexibility
iv. All of given option
55)Is a technique in which we construct a model of an entity based upon its essential
characteristics and ignore the inessential details.
Inheritance
i.

Polymorphism
ii.

iii. Aggregatio
n iv. Abstraction
56) A structure is a manner of an organization which expresses a-------strong organization within the
problem domain.
Semantically
i.

Syntactically
ii.

iii. Graphically
iv. None of the given
57) An object model of a system captures the-------structure of a system.
Statici.

Dynamic
ii.

iii. Iterative
iv. Hierarchical
58) To determine the architectural style or combination of styles that best fits the proposed system,
requirements engineering is used to uncover
Algorithmic complexity
i.

Characteristics and constraints

ii.

iii. Control and data

Design patterns
Orange Monkey Team
iv.

Page 58
59) Which statement is not according to the software engineering principles? Software engineering
is a(n)
Balancing act
i.

Disciplined approach
ii.

iii. Unsystematic approach

iv. Quantifiable approach
60) In abbot’s textual analysis technique, different part of speech is identified within the text of the
specification and these part are modelled using different
Event i.

Process
ii.

iii. Operations
iv. Components
61) Quantitative methods for assessing the quality of proposed architectural designs are readily
available.
True i.

False
ii.

62) In order to determine the role and responsibilities of the identified objects, we need to consider
which of the following step(s):
a) Who I am?
b) What I know?
c) Who I know?
d) What I do?
A onlyi.

A and b
ii.

iii. B ,c and D
iv. All of the given
63) In object oriented design layer contains the details that enable each object to
communicates with its collaborators.
Subsystem
i.

Responsibility
ii.

iii. Message
iv. Object
64) In sequence diagram, the boxes denote:
Objects (or classes)
i.

Messages, sent from one object to other

ii.

iii. Life-time of objects

iv. None of the given option
65) In “ railway tickit reservation system” the roles such as enquiry. Reservation and ticketing and
cancellation are to be performed by the user
called: i. Passenger
ii. System analyst
iii. System developer
iv. System designer
66) Class responsibilities are defined by
Its attributes only
i.

Orange Monkey Team

iii.
Its collaborators
ii.

Its operations only

Page 59
 iv. Both its attributes and operations
67) Requirement engineering mainly deals with the of the system
Vision phase
i.

Definition phase
ii.

iii. Development phase

iv. Maintenance phase
68) In UML based object oriented model of a system, a composition relation between two objects is
shown by a sign on the whole side of a relation line.
An unfilled diamond
i.

A filled diamond
ii.

iii. A half diamond

iv. A dot
69) analysis educates the analyst on business domain complexity and shows a way to deal
with it.
Domain
i.

Use case
ii.

iii. Object collaboration

iv. None of the given options
70) In this case of intra component linkages are stronger while inter component linkages are
weak.
High cohesion
i.

Low coupling
ii.

iii. Low cohesion

iv. High coupling
71) An architectural style encompasses which of the following elements?
Constraints
i.

Set of components
ii.

iii. Semantic models

iv. All of the given
72) In software engineering paradigm, any engineering approach must be founded on organizational
commitment to
Cost i.

Scheduling
ii.

iii. Quality
iv. Performance
73) Identify the true statement:
Normally object oriented design is more maintainable than functional oriented.
i.

Software with functional oriented design does not fulfil non functional requirements.
ii.

iii. Object oriented design can not implement “separation of concerns” strategy
iv. Function oriented design does not lead to an efficient product
74) A process in data flow diagram (DFD) represents
Flow of data
i.

Transformation of data
ii.

iii. Storage of data

iv. An external agent
75) A maintainable design is a design , which supports
Orange Monkey Team
Change
i.

Page 60
 Debugging
ii.

iii. Adding new features

iv. All of the given
76) Whole part structure is also called
Generalization
i.

ii. Aggregation
iii. Specialization
iv. Association
77) are kind of umbrella activities that are used to smoothly and successfully perform the
construction activities.
Design activities
i.

Management activities
ii.

iii. Testing activities

iv. Maintenance activities
78) When you encounter both transform flow in the same DFD the flow is partitioned and the
appropriate mapping technique is used on each part of the DFD.
True i.

False
ii.

79) Software architecture must address---------------requirements of a software system.

Functional
i.

Non-functional
ii.

iii. User Interface Requirements

iv. Both functional and non-functional.
80) To construct a system model the engineer should consider one of the following restraining
factors.
Assumptions and constraints
i.

Budget and expenses

ii.

iii. Data objects and operations

iv. Schedule and milestones
81) A cohesive class is one which emphasizes on------------unit of functionality.
Single
i.

Multiple
ii.

iii. Static
iv. None
82) The best way to conduct a requirement validation review is to
Examine the system model for errors
i.

have the customer look over the requirements

ii.

iii. Send them to the design team and see if they have any concerns
iv. Use a checklist of the questions to examine each requirement
83) Defining the services of an object means:
What it does?
i.

ii. What it knows?

iii. Who knows it?
84) Which one of the following is the external quality of a software product?
i. Correctness
Concision
Orange Monkey Team
ii.

iii.Cohesion Page 61
 iv. Low coupling
85) In Data Flow Diagram, the entity or system, outside the boundary of this system is called:
Process
i.

Data flow
ii.

iii. External agent

iv. Data store
86) GUI stands for:
Genaric user Interface
i.

Graphical user interface

ii.

iii. Genaric user interaction

iv. Graphical user interaction
87) Specialization means:
Calling the same method with the object of child object
i.

Hiding the data

ii.

iii. Creating new subclasses for an existing class

iv. None of the given options
88) In a use case diagram, an ellipse signifies a(n):
Actor i.

Class
ii.

iii. Use case

iv. System boundary
89) Software development is a step-by-step process, and in-----------phase of software development
Business objective of an organization get cleared
Maintenance
i.

Development
ii.

iii. Definitio
n iv. Vision
90) If you try to make software more user-friendly then the----------may suffer.
Reliability
i.

Software
ii.

iii.

Efficiency
iv. Cost
91) In object-oriented design, the structure of the system revolves around.
i. Objects
ii. Properties
iii. Methods
iv. All of the given option
92) In--------relationship, a class shares the structure and behaviour defined in another class:
Aggregation
i.

Composition
ii.

iii. Inheritance
iv. Uses
93) In Object Oriented Design, combining the services offered by an object with the attributes they
Orange Monkey Team
work on, results in:
(a) Lower coupling and strong cohesion
Page 62
(b) Lower cohesion and strong coupling
(c) Increased likelihood of reuse
 (d) Decrease the modularity of the system
i. A only
ii. B and c
only iii. A and
c only
94) A change becomes-----------because of close presence of data and functions.
Accessible
i.

Global
ii.

iii. Private
iv. Localized
95) Software engineering is a--------------approach.
Systematic
i.

Disciplined
ii.

iii. Scheduled
iv. All of the given options
96) An external entity that interacts with the system is called a(n):
Use case
i.

Actor
ii.

iii. Stakeholder
iv. Association
97) More powerful hardware resulted into the development of ------------powerful and ---------
software.
Less, complex
i.

More , complex
ii.

iii. More, simple

iv. Less, simple
98) A context diagram is used:
i. As a first step in developing a detailed DFD of a system
In systems analysis of very complex systems
ii.

iii. As an aid to system design

iv. As an aid to programmers
99) “ System should maintain transaction log of every system”
The above statement is an example of:
Functional requirement
i.

Non-functional requirement
ii.

Pseudo requirement
iii.

iv.None of these
100) The architectural model provides the software engineer with the view of the system as a
whole:
True i.

False
ii.

101) As per Peter Coad’s methodology , which of the following may not be a perfect candidate for
being an object?
i. Zone
ii. Recipient
Garage
Orange
iv. Monkey Team
iii.

Password Page 63
102) In the case of-------------approach , data is decomposed according to functionality
requirements.
Object-oriented
i.

ii. Action-oriented
iii. Event-oriented
iv. Process-oriented
103) In UML based Object Oriented Model of a system, the diamond sign is used to depict ---------
--- relations between two objects/classes.
Aggregation and Association
i.

Inheritance and Association

ii.

iii. Composition and

Aggregation
iv. Composition, Aggregation and Association
104) The system specification describes the:
i. Function and behavior of a computer-based system
ii. Implementation of each allocated system element
iii. Algorithmic detail and data structures
iv. Time required for system simulation
105) In object oriented approach,------------are the people and organizations that take part in the
system under
consideration: i.
Actors
ii.
Places
iii.
Participants
106) Software Design discusses----------aspect of software development.
What i.

ii. How
iii. Who
iv. When
107) ------------ requirements cause frequent modifications in user interface.
Functionali.

Non-functional
ii.

iii. Unstable
iv. User
108) By levelling a DFD ( adding more levels of abstraction) we mean:
Splitting it into different levels
i.

Make its structure uniform

ii.

iii. Expanding a process into one with more sub-processes giving more detail
iv. Summarizing a DFD to specify only these essentials
109) A “register” in “Point of Sale system” is an example of:
Actor i.

Participant
ii.

iii. Tangible thing

iv. Transaction
110)is a set of processes and tools to develop software.
Orange Monkey Team
Software engineering
i.
Page 64
Information
ii.

iii. Software
iv. None of the given
111) The-----------on which program operates is also considered as part of the software.
Data i.

Information
ii.

iii.Program
iv. None of the given
112)diagram provides a time-based view and collaboration diagrams which provide an
organization based view of the system’s dynamics.
Data flow diagram
i.

Entity relationship diagram

ii.

iii. Class diagram

iv. Sequence diagram
113) Synchronous messages are “call events” and are denoted by ----------
Full arrow
i.

Half arrow
ii.

iii. <<create>>
iv. <<destroy>>
114) Which of the following are the components of system engineering software?
Processi.

Methods
ii.

iii. Tools
iv. All of the given
115) Identifying system features include -----------
Log important information
i.

Conduct business
ii.

iii. Analyze business results

iv. All of the above
116)is yet another technique that is used to reduce customer dissatisfaction at the
requirement stage.
Study of similar systems
i.

Site visits
ii.

Prototyping
iii.

All of the above

iv.

117) Data store notation in DFD represents:

Data input i.

Data output
ii.

Data input and data output

iii.

None of the above

iv.

118) The process of defining attributes is called -----------

Who know me?
i.

ii. What I know?

iii. Whom I know?
iv. All of the above
119) The output of the design process is a description of the:
i. Software architecture
ii. Software Code
iii. Software
Orange Monkey Team
iv. All of the above Page 65
120) Which of the following are the levels of software requirements?
Business requirements
i.

User requirements
ii.

iii.Functional requirements
iv. All of the above
121) Given below are some statements associated with data flow diagrams. Identify the correct
statement among them.
Data flow is made used of to model what systems do
i.

Flows of data can take place from a process to a sink

ii.

iii. Context diagrams shows the major system processes

iv. All processes have to be labelled or decomposed
122) In which of the following diagram the actors and attributes are represented with system
boundary?
Data flow diagram
i.

Entity relationship diagram

ii.

iii.Class diagram
iv. Use case diagram
123) is real looking mock_up of what would be eventually delivered and might not do
anything useful.
Study of similar system
i.

Site visits
ii.

iii. Prototyping
iv. All of the above
124) is blueprint for software construction.
i. Object oriented design
ii. Sequence design
iii. Software design
iv. All of the above
125) requirements lead to ill-spent time and rework.
Unacceptable
i.

ii. Ambiguous
iii. Dissatisfaction of customer
iv. None of the above
126) Which type of diagram is used to depict the dynamic behaviour of a system.
ERD diagram
i.

DFD diagram
ii.

iii. Class diagram

iv. Collaborations diagram
127) What is the most crucial non-functional requirement of a system to control radiation
dosages that are emitted as treatment for cancer?
Securityi.

Reliability
ii.

iii. Easy
usability iv.
Accuracy
128) A better design has an objective achieve
Orange Monkey Team
High cohesion
i.
Page 66
Low cohesion
ii.
 iii. Low coupling
iv. High cohesion and low coupling
129) Which of the following are trhe components of software engineering framework is combine
the three remaining components?
Process
i.

Method
ii.

iii. Tools
iv. All of the above
130) In sequence diagrams the time required by the receiver object to process the message is
denoted by an
Activation box
i.

Message line
ii.

iii. Life line

iv. All of the above
131) How many types of OOD modes have .
One i.

Two
ii.

iii. Three
iv. Four
132) Which notation is used to represent the process of the system in DFD model.
i. Process
ii. External agent
iii. Data flow
iv. Data store
133) Requirement engineering mainly deals with the of the system
Process i.

Maintenance
ii.

iii. Development phase

iv. Definition phase
134) Insufficient user involvement leads to products.
i. Unacceptable
ii. Ambiguous
iii. Dissatisfaction of customer
iv. None of the above
135) Collaboration diagrams have basically two types of components: objects and
Messagesi.

Method
ii.

iii. Classes
iv. None of the above
136) In object-oriented analysis how many number of tasks must occurs .
1 i.

2 ii.

iii. 3
iv. None of the above
137) State transition diagram is helpful in determining .
Data store
Orange Monkey Team
i.

Process flow
ii.
Page 67
 iii. Business understanding
iv. None of the above
138) In sequence diagram events are organized in a time life
line. i. Vertical
ii. Horizontal
iii. Both A and B
iv. All of the above
139) Asynchronous messages are “signals,” denoted by .
Full arrow
i.

Half arrow
ii.

iii. <<create>>
iv. <<destroy>>
140) When we write a program for computer and then we named it as .
Data i.

Information
ii.

iii. Software
iv. None of the given
141) Context level diagram present in which of the following document.
i. SRS-software requirement specification
ii. Design document
iii. Test phase
iv. All of the above
142) is diagram in which objects are interact with each other and these are arranged in a
sequence.
ERD diagrams
i.

Inheritance diagrams
ii.

iii. Class diagrams

iv. Sequence diagrams
143) Which of the following layers are include in object-oriented design?
The subsystem layers
i.

The class and object layer

ii.

iii. All of the above

iv. The message layers
144) Which notation is used to represent the boundary of the system in DFD model?
Process i.

External agent
ii.

iii. Data flow

iv. Data store
145) Identifying whole-part structures (aggregations) means what are my .
i. Components
ii. Structures
iii. Class
iv. Object
146) An object or class may further be classified on the basis of .
Behaviour driven attributes
i.

Orange Monkey Team

iii.
Data driven attributes
ii.

Responsibility driven attributes

Page 68
 iv. All of the above
147) DFD notation contains
Process
i.

External agent
ii.

iii. Data flow

iv. All of the above
148) The doted lines in sequence diagram are called .
i. Life line
ii. Message line
iii. Entities line
iv. All of the above
149) An object may create another object via a message .
Full arrow
i.

half arrow
ii.

iii. <<create>>
iv. <<destroy>>
150) How many levels of software requirements are ?
One i.

Two
ii.

iii. Three
iv. Four
151) Which of the following diagram has iterative activities?
Data flow diagram
i.

Entity relationship diagram

ii.

iii. Class diagram

iv. Use case diagram
152) Which of the items listed below is not one of the software engineering layers?
Tools
i.

Manufacturing
ii.

iii. Process
iv. Methods
153) Coupling is a measure of a module or component.
Independent
i.

Dependent
ii.

iii. Closeness
iv. All of the given
154) Software maintenance phase involves
Debugging
i.

Adding new features

ii.

iii. Making changes

iv. All of the given
155) The hardest single part of building a software system is deciding precisely to build.
Wheni.

ii. What
iii. Why
iv. All of the given
Orange Monkey Team
156) Interaction diagrams depict the behaviour of the system. Page 69
 i. Static
ii. Active iii.
Dynamic
iv. None of the given
157) A
can be used to describe the dynamic behaviour of an object-oriented system.
ERD diagrams
i.

Inheritance diagrams
ii.

iii.Class diagrams
iv. Series diagrams
158) The Use case diagram shows that which interact with each use case.
Use case i.

Actor
ii.

iii.Component
iv. Relation
159) Transactions are the that must be remembered through time.
Events i.

Action
ii.

iii.Triggers
iv. Methods
160) A necessary supplement to transform or transaction mapping needed to create a complete
architectural design is
Entity relationship diagrams
i.

The data dictionary

ii.

iii.Processing narratives for each module

iv. Best cases for each module
CS504 Quiz by Arsal Shani and Aina

Malik MCS Family Group

1. Vertical partitioning is also known as ….
a. Balancing
b. Mutating
c. Parallelizing
d. Factoring

2. It ensures that a class only has one instance and provides a global point
of access to it.
a. Singleton Pattern
b. Observer Pattern
c. Real Pattern
d. None of the given above

Orange Monkey Team Page 70

 3. Fat Client Model is one of the configurations of Model.
a. Data-centered
b. Layered
c. Reference
d. Client Server

4. N-tier architecture stems from the struggle to find a between

the fat-client architecture and the thin-client architecture.
a. Concurrency
b. Distribution point
c. Middle ground
d. Similarity

Orange Monkey Team Page 71

 5. Which of these represents the Krutchen’s 4+1 architectural view
model?
a. Logical view, Process view, Physical view, Development view, Use case
view
b. Logical view, Dynamic view, Physical view, Development view, User case
view
c. Logical view, Process view, Physical view, Development view,
Sequence view
d. Dynamic view, Process view, Physical view, Development view, Use case
view

6. Thin Client Model is one of the configuration of Model

a. Data-centered
b. Client Server
c. Layered
d. Reference

7. In the N-Tire Architecture the idea is to enhance scalability and by

distributing both the data and the application using multiple server machines.
a. Usability
b. Performance
c. Interoperability
d. Integrity

8. Floating point constants should always be written with decimal point and at
least
a. One decimal
b. Two decimal
c. Three decimal

Orange Monkey Team Page 72

 d. None of the given

9. Which of the following statements are same in output: 1) a

= a>>2
2) a = a/4
3) a = a*2
(1) and (3) only (I think)
b. (2) and (3) only
c. (1) and (2) only
d. All produce the same result
10. Dynamic process model shows the process of the system.
a. Components
b. Objects c.
Structure
d. Linkage

11. There are layers in OSI reference model.

a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8
12. Complex expressions:
a. Make the code easy to modify
b. Make the code difficult to modify
c. Make the code easy to understand
d. Does not affect understand ability

13. Vertical participation divides the architecture application from a

making perspective.
a. Decision
b. Design
c. Conclusion
d. Move

14.Issues like system performance, availability, scalability, and security are

analyzed in .
Orange Monkey Team Page 73
 a. Logical view
b. Physical view
c. Code view
d. Concurrency view

15.Class variables should never be declared public. Public variable violate

which of the following:
a. Information hiding
b. Encapsulation
c. Information hiding and encapsulation
d. None of the given

16.Variable should be initialized where they are and they

should be declared in the scope possible.
a. Defined and smallest
b. Declared and medium
c. Defined and medium d.
Declared and smallest

17.Patterns are devices that allows program to share knowledge about their
.
a. Code
b. Design
c. Analysis
d. Implementation

18.Identifier names also play a significant role in enhancing the

of the program.
a. Write ability
b. Read ability
c. Reliability
d. All of the given choices
Orange Monkey Team Page 74
 19. Goto statements violates the idea of
a. Object oriented code b.
Structured code
c. Control structure
d. Repetition structure

20. “Is” prefix should be used for variables and methods.

a. General
b. Boolean
c. Constant
d. None of the given

21.development view in Krutchen’s 4+1architectural view model captures

a. object model of design
b. concurrency and synchronization aspects of the design
c. Mapping(s) of the software onto the hardware and reflects its
distributed aspect
d. Static organization of the software in its development

22.A self-documenting code is a code that explain its self without the need of
comments extraneous documentation like
a. flow chart
b. UML diagrams
c. process flow state diagram d.
all of the given choices

23. using proper parenthesis normally makes the code

a. easy to read
b. easy to understand
c. less ambiguous
d. all of the given options

Orange Monkey Team Page 75

 24. was the first pure Object Oriented language in which observe pattern was
used in implementing its model view controller pattern

a. Smalltalk
b. PASCAL
c. JAVA
d. C++

25. the form for (;;) should be used for

a. nested loop
b. empty loop
c. more than 1000 iteration
d. less than 100 iteration

26. client server is a system model

a. integrated
b. distributed
c. heterogeneous
d. Homogeneous

27. architectural model is widely is used in mainframe

applications.
a. client-server model
b. Repository model
c. filter model
d. layered model

28. In client server model the application is modeled as a set of

that are provided by servers.
Orange Monkey Team Page 76
 a. requests
b. protocol
c. services
d. Requirements

29. Which one is correct?

a. double total=0.5;
b. double total =5:
c. double total =50:
d. all of the given (I think )
30. Charles Simonyi first discussed Hungarian notation.

He was of

a. Microsoft
b. IBM
c. Dell
d. Cisco

31. In case of header file construction is to avoid error.

The construction should appear in the top of the file (before the file header).

a. compilation
b. run time
c. logical
d. all of the given

32. In case of a file servers, Client requests selected records from a

and the server transmits records to client over the network.
a. Local memory

Orange Monkey Team Page 77

 b. Network
c. Database
d. File

33. Which of the following is used for multi-level commenting?

a. //Comment b.
/*Comment*/
c. (Comment)
d. *(Comment)*

34. Maintain ability and portability issues are discussed in .

a. Functional view
b. Physical view
c. Code view
d. Logical view

35. Names representing methods and functions should be----------and

written in mixed case starting---------case.
a. Noun----lower
b. Verb----lower
c. Noun- - -upper
d. Verb- - -upper

36. C++ header files should have the extension----------Source files can
have the extension ----
a. .c and .h

Orange Monkey Team Page 78

 b. .cc and .h
c. .h and .cpp
d. All of the given

37.Distributing the responsibilities of different subsystems so that we get a

software system which is easy to maintain, is called ……the architecture.
a. Subtracting
b. Partitioning
c. Cloning
d. Balancing

38. architecture model is widely used in mainframe application.

a. Client-server Model
b. Repository
c. Filter Model
d. Layered Model

43.Global variables in C++ should always be referred to by using the a.

::operator
b. :operator
c. Without an operator
d. None of the given

44. Static structural model shows the major systems

a. Leaks
b. Components
c. Activities
d. Objectives

Orange Monkey Team Page 79

 THANK
YOU
Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 10:42:38 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The use of traceability tables helps to
Select correct option:
debug programs following the detection of run-time errors
determine the performance of algorithm implementations
identify, control, and track requirements changes
none of the given ok

Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 10:43:21 PM ) Total Marks: 1

In Data Flow Diagram (DFD), data flow can:
Select correct option:
Only originate from an external entity
Only terminate in an external entity
Originate and terminate in an external entity ok
Either originate or terminate in an external entity but not both

Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 10:44:15 PM ) Total Marks: 1

An external entity that interacts with a system is called a(n):
Select correct option:
use case
actor ok
stakeholder
association

Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 10:44:39 PM ) Total Marks: 1

A DFD is normally levelled (adding more levels of abstraction) as
Select correct option:
it is a good idea in design
it is recommended by many experts
it is easy to do it
it is easier to read and understand a number of smaller DFDs than one large DFD ok

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 10:45:40 PM ) Total Marks: 1

System ________ are built to allow the System Engineer to evaluate the system components in relationship to
one another.
Select correct option:
Requirements ok
Documents
Models
Test Cases

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 10:46:46 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The <<extend>> relationship between use cases would be used when behavior in the extending use case is
____________ the extended use case.

Page 1
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Select correct option:
always needed by
never needed by
sometimes needed by
None of the given options

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 10:48:03 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The data on which the program operates is also considered as part of the ________.
Select correct option:
Important Data
Software ok
Logical Data
Utility Software

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 10:48:44 PM ) Total Marks: 1

At which stage of software development loop, results are delivered?
Select correct option:
Problem definition
Solution integration
Technical development
Status quo ok

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 10:49:45 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The condition that must be met before the use case can be invoked, is called:
Select correct option:
Pre-Condition ok
Post-Condition
Pre-Assertion
Post-Assertion

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 10:50:43 PM ) Total Marks: 1

A use case represents:
Select correct option:
a class, its attributes and operations.
an operation’s interface and signature.
the role a user plays when interacting with the system.
the system’s functionality for a particular purpose. ok
Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 10:35:59 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The condition that must be met before the use case can be invoked, is called:
Select correct option:
Pre-Condition ok
Post-Condition
Pre-Assertion
Post-Assertion

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 10:36:25 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Regarding Flow Chart which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE:
Select correct option:
Flow charts are usually used to describe flow of control in a system ok
Flow Charts just show the flow of the data in a system.
Looping or Iterations can not be represented in Flow Chart
None of given options

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 10:36:57 PM ) Total Marks: 1

To construct a system model the engineer should consider one of the following restraining factors?
Select correct option:
assumptions and constraints ok
budget and expenses

Page 2
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
data objects and operations
schedule and milestones

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 10:38:09 PM ) Total Marks: 1

A context diagram is used
Select correct option:
as the first step in developing a detailed DFD of a system ok
in systems analysis of very complex systems
as an aid to system design
as an aid to programmers

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 10:39:00 PM ) Total Marks: 1

In _______ the analyst determines all the sources of requirements and where do these requirements consume
Select correct option:
Data Flow Analysis
Source and Sink Analysis ok
Down Parsing
Up Parsing

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 10:39:29 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The use of traceability tables helps to
Select correct option:
debug programs following the detection of run-time errors
determine the performance of algorithm implementations
identify, control, and track requirements changes
none of the given ok

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 10:40:47 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The goal of _______ is to translate the customer's desire for a set of defined capabilities into a working
product.
Select correct option:
Electrical Engineering
Product Engineering ok
Hardware Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 10:24:35 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The Use case diagram shows that which _______ interact with each use case.
Select correct option:
Use case
Actor ok
Component
Relation

Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 10:25:15 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The project manager would need _________ document to monitor and track the progress of the project.
Select correct option:
Design
Project ok
Requirement
Planning

Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 10:25:49 PM ) Total Marks: 1

In Data Flow Diagram, the entity or system, outside the boundary of this system is called
Select correct option:
Process
Data Flow
External Agent ok
Data Store

Page 3
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 10:26:24 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Data cannot flow from one external entity to other external entity because:
Select correct option:
It will get corrupted
It is not allowed in DFD ok
An external entity has no mechanism to read or write
Both are outside the context of the system

Question # 5 of 10 ( Start time: 10:26:54 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The system model template contains which of the following elements
Select correct option:
Input
Output
System Out
Input / Output   ok

Question # 6 of 10 ( Start time: 10:27:29 PM ) Total Marks: 1

A use case represents:
Select correct option:
a class, its attributes and operations.
an operation’s interface and signature.
the role a user plays when interacting with the system. ok
the system’s functionality for a particular purpose.

Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 10:28:17 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Following is/are example(s) of illegal data flow in Data Flow Diagram (DFD)
Select correct option:
External Agents directly communicating with each other
External Agent updating information in a Data Store
External Agent accessing information from a Data Store
All of the given options ok

Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 10:28:49 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Which one is not a part of Software Development phase ?
Select correct option:
Construction
Scope
Project Vision ok
Definition

Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 10:30:01 PM ) Total Marks: 1

Which elements of business processing engineering are the responsibilities of the software engineer?
Select correct option:
business area analysis
business system design ok
product planning
information strategy planning

Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 10:30:26 PM ) Total Marks: 1

The goal of _______ is to translate the customer's desire for a set of defined capabilities into a working
product.
Select correct option:
Electrical Engineering
Product Engineering ok
Hardware Engineering
Mechanical Engineering

Page 4
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
CS504 SOLVED MCQs
Modules with high cohesion and low coupling can be treated and
analysed as

 White boxes
 black boxes
 grey boxes
 none of these
While establishing the services for an object, the following fundamental
questions should be asked:

 Why does the system need this object anyway?

 What useful questions can it answer?
 What useful action can it perform?
 All of the given options.
—————is a role that each actor plays in the system under
consideration.

 An act
 A participant
 A function
 None of the given
Any Engineering approach must be founded on organizational
commitment to —————.

 Cost
 Scheduling
 Quality
 Performance
Return values in synchronous massages are:

 Compulsory
 May not used when response is obvious
 Not used at all
 Represented by solid lines
Page 5
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
According to Caper Jhones analysis of project activities, coding only has
——- affect part in system development.

 13-14%
 36-40%
 50-60%
 70-80%
Normally a system is more easy to modify if its modules have

 High coupling and high cohesion

 High coupling and low cohesion
 Low coupling and high cohesion
 Low coupling and Low cohesion
In multi-threaded or multiprocessing applications where different
execution threads may pass information to one another by sending
—————————to each other.

 Interrupt calls
 Synchronous messages
 Asynchronous messages
 System Calls
Which of the following is not among the four layers of the object-
oriented pyramid?

The subsystem layers

 The class and object layer
 The abstract layer
 The message layers
System models include:

 User business processes

 User activities for conducting the business process
 Processes that need to be automated
 All of the given options
In the architecture trade-off analysis method the architectural style
should be described using the

Page 6
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Data flow view
 Module view
 Process view
 All of the given
—————- is concerned with decomposing the system into interacting
sub-systems.

1. System structuring
 Control Modelling
 Molecular Decomposition
 None of the given
A use case represents:

 A class, its attributes and operations

 An operation’s interface and signature
 The role a user plays when interacting with the system
 The system’s functionality for a particular purpose
External entity may be:

 Source of input data only

 Source of input data and destination of results
 Destination of results
 Repository of data
The process of utilizing our knowledge of computer science in effective
production of

———————–.

1. Chemical Engineering
1. Electrical Engineering
1. Computer Engineering
1. System Engineering
Coupling is a measure of ————- of a component.

 Independence
 Dependence
 Aggregation

Page 7
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Composition
—————— has become a standard notation for object-oriented system
modelling:

 UML
 C++
 OCL(Object Constraint Language)
 None of the given option
An arrow in data flow diagram represents:

 Direction of flow of data

 Processing of data
 External agent
 Internal Agent
——————- diagrams does not capture control flow information, it just
shows the flow of data in a system.

 Sequence
 Data Flow
 Activity
 Class
In ————- the analyst determines the source of requirements and
where do these requirements consume:

 Data flow analysis

 Source and sink analysis
 Down parsing
 Up parsing
Data cannot flow from one external entity to other external entity
because:

 It will get corrupted

 It is not allowed in DFD
 An external entity has no mechanism to read or write
 Both are outside the context of the system
In the functional design, the structure of the system resolves around:

Page 8
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 Objects

 Properties
 Functions
 All of the given options
————— is one of the techniques to document domain knowledge

 State transition diagram

 Feasibility matrix
 System matrix
 None of the given options
In case of —————– approach , decomposition of a problem revolves
around data.

 Object-Oriented
 Action-Oriented
 Event-Oriented
 Process-Oriented
The —————– relationship is a kind of a generalization specialization
relationship:

 Bit-Byte
 Uses
 Binary
 Extends
Which statement is not true about system software?

 Change request has direct impact on software

 Passes through a constant process of evolution
 Change requests have direct impact in the form of defects
 None of the given
Strong cohesion implies that:

 All parts of a component have a close logical relationship

with each other
 All parts of a component don’t have a close relationship with
each other
 Component is dynamic in nature

Page 9
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Component is static in nature
The intent of Object-Oriented Analysis(OOA) is to define:

All classes
 Relationships among classes
 Behaviour of classes
 All of the given options
Requirement engineering focuses on —————– aspect of the software
development process.

 Both what and how

 What
 How
 Why and how
—————— relationship is concerned with classes, not with class
instantiates.

 Association
 Inheritance
 Aggregation
 Composition
Which of the following statements are true in context of the object model
deviation through the Coad methodology?

1. A place is also a contains

 Every container needs to be a place
 Same person may play different times in the system.
 A only
 A and b
 A and c
 All of the given
The goal of ———- is to translate the customer’s desire for a set of
defined capabilities into a working product.

 Electrical engineering
 Product engineering
 Hardware engineering

Page 10
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Mechanical engineering
In case of a ——- message, the called routine that handles the message
is completed before the caller resumes execution.

 Synchronous
 Asynchronous
 Bidirectional
 A only
1. B only
1. C only
1. All of the given
In multiprocessing applications, different execution threads may pass
information to one another by sending ——- to each other.

 Interrupt calls
 Synchronous messages
 Asynchronous messages
 System calls
A car is made up of a body, three or four wheels, a steering mechanism,
a breaking mechanism, and a power engine”

The above statement is example of:

 Whole-part relationship
 Inheritance
 Specialization
 Generalization
To help separate an object’s external behaviour from its implementation,
the technique used is called ——-

 Generalization
 Association
 Composition
 Abstraction
Sequences of messages can be present in:

 Use case diagram

Page 11
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Sequence diagram
 Collaboration diagram
 a only
 b only
 c only
 b and c
Which of the following strategies lead to good software design:

 Separation of concerns
 Modularity
 Divide-and-conquer
 All of the given options
Data flow model:

Captures the flow of data in a system

 Helps in developing an understanding of system’s
functionality
 Describes data origination, transformations and
consumption in a system
 All of the given options
——- requirements are often called product features.

 Functional
 Non-functional
 Developer
 User
In the functional design, the structure of the system revolves around.

 Objects
 Properties
 Functions
 All of the given option
The first step in any OOA process model is to

 Build an object-relationship model.

 Define collaborations between objects.
 Elicit customer requirements

Page 12
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Select a representation language
The —— relationship is kind of a generalization specialization
relationship.

 Bit-byte
 Uses
 Binary
 Extends
Regarding data flow model, which of the following statement(s) is true:

 It captures the transformation of data between

processes/functions of a system
 Processes on a data flow can operate in parallel
 Only those processes are represented which we need to
automate
 All of the given option
————— is an extremely powerful technique for dealing with
complexity.

 Aggregation
 Abstraction
 Inheritance
 Association
In “point of sale system”. the term “payment” represents

 Actor
 Participant
 Transaction
 Container
The architecture components for product engineering are

 Data, hardware, software, people

 Data, documentation, hardware, software
 Data, hardware, software, procedures
 Documentation, hardware, people, procedures
An object model encompasses the principle(s) of

Page 13
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Abstraction
 Encapsulation
 Hierarchy or inheritance
 All of the given option
Prototyping is used when there is ———– regarding requirements.

 Uncertainty
 Confirmation
 Conflict
 Consensus
In ——- phase of software development, requirement analyst focuses on
possible design of the proposed solution.

 Maintenance
 Development
 Definition
 Vision
At which stage of software development loop, results are delivered?

 Problem definition
 Solution integration
 Technical development
 Status quo
A class will be cohesive if:

 Class does not implement complex interfaces

 Class does not have complex methods
 If most of the methods do not use most of the data
members most of the time
 If most of the methods use most of the data members most
of the time.
A DFD is normally levelled (adding more levels of abstraction) as

 It is a good idea in design

 It is recommended by many experts
 It is easy to do it

Page 14
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  It is easier to read and understand a number of smaller
DFDs than one large DFD
Identify the true statement(s)

 An attribute that may have a number of values should be

replaced by a new class and an object connection
 An attribute that varies over time, e.g. price of an item,
should be replaced by an additional class with an affective
data and value
 Replace “yes/no” type attribute with “status” type attributes
for flexibility
 All of given option
———— Is a technique in which we construct a model of an entity based
upon its essential characteristics and ignore the inessential details.

 Inheritance
 Polymorphism
 Aggregation
 Abstraction
A structure is a manner of an organization which expresses a —— strong
organization within the problem domain.

 Semantically
 Syntactically
 Graphically
 None of the given
An object model of a system captures the —— structure of a system.

 Static
 Dynamic
 Iterative
 Hierarchical
To determine the architectural style or combination of styles that best
fits the proposed system, requirements engineering is used to uncover

 Algorithmic complexity
 Characteristics and constraints

Page 15
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Control and data
 Design patterns
Which statement is not according to the software engineering principles?
Software engineering is a(n) _________

 Balancing act
 Disciplined approach
 Unsystematic approach
 Quantifiable approach
In abbot’s textual analysis technique, different part of speech is identified
within the text of the specification and these part are modelled using
different ______

 Event
 Process
 Operations
 Components
Quantitative methods for assessing the quality of proposed architectural
designs are readily available.

 True
 False
In order to determine the role and responsibilities of the identified
objects, we need to consider which of the following step(s):

1. Who I am?
 What I know?
 Who I know?
 What I do?
 A only
 A and b
 B ,c and D
 All of the given
In object oriented design _____ layer contains the details that enable each
object to communicates with its collaborators.

 Subsystem

Page 16
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Responsibility
 Message
 Object
In sequence diagram, the boxes denote:

 Objects (or classes)

 Messages, sent from one object to other
 Life-time of objects
 None of the given option
In “ railway tickit reservation system” the roles such as enquiry.
Reservation and ticketing and cancellation are to be performed by the
user called:

 Passenger
 System analyst
 System developer
 System designer
Class responsibilities are defined by _______

1. Its attributes only

1. Its collaborators
1. Its operations only
1. Both its attributes and operations
Requirement engineering mainly deals with the _____ of the system

 Vision phase
 Definition phase
 Development phase
 Maintenance phase
In UML based object oriented model of a system, a composition relation
between two objects is shown by a ______ sign on the whole side of a
relation line.

 An unfilled diamond
 A filled diamond
 A half diamond
 A dot

Page 17
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
_______ analysis educates the analyst on business domain complexity and
shows a way to deal with it.

 Domain
 Use case
 Object collaboration
 None of the given options
In this case of _____ intra component linkages are stronger while inter
component linkages are weak.

 High cohesion
 Low coupling
 Low cohesion
 High coupling
An architectural style encompasses which of the following elements?

 Constraints
 Set of components
 Semantic models
 All of the given
In software engineering paradigm, any engineering approach must be
founded on organizational commitment to _____

 Cost
 Scheduling
 Quality
 Performance
Identify the true statement:

 Normally object oriented design is more maintainable

than functional oriented.
 Software with functional oriented design does not fulfil non
functional requirements.
 Object oriented design can not implement “separation of
concerns” strategy
 Function oriented design does not lead to an efficient
product

Page 18
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
A process in data flow diagram (DFD) represents

 Flow of data
 Transformation of data
 Storage of data
 An external agent
A maintainable design is a design , which supports

 Change
 Debugging
 Adding new features
 All of the given
Whole part structure is also called _______

 Generalization
 Aggregation
 Specialization
 Association
_______ are kind of umbrella activities that are used to smoothly and
successfully perform the construction activities.

 Design activities
 Management activities
 Testing activities
 Maintenance activities
When you encounter both transform flow in the same DFD the flow is
partitioned and the appropriate mapping technique is used on each part
of the DFD.

 True
 False
Software architecture must address ————– requirements of a
software system.

 Functional
 Non-functional
 User Interface Requirements

Page 19
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Both functional and non-functional.
To construct a system model the engineer should consider one of the
following restraining factors.

 Assumptions and constraints

 Budget and expenses
 Data objects and operations
 Schedule and milestones
A cohesive class is one which emphasizes on ———— unit of
functionality.

 Single
 Multiple
 Static
 None
The best way to conduct a requirement validation review is to

 Examine the system model for errors

 have the customer look over the requirements
 Send them to the design team and see if they have any
concerns
 Use a checklist of the questions to examine each
requirement
Defining the services of an object means:

 What it does?
 What it knows?
 Who knows it?
Which one of the following is the external quality of a software product?

 Correctness
 Concision
 Cohesion
 Low coupling
In Data Flow Diagram, the entity or system, outside the boundary of this
system is called:

Page 20
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Process
 Data flow
 External agent
 Data store
GUI stands for:

 Genaric user Interface

 Graphical user interface
 Genaric user interaction
 Graphical user interaction
Specialization means:

 Calling the same method with the object of child object

 Hiding the data
 Creating new subclasses for an existing class
 None of the given options
In a use case diagram, an ellipse signifies a(n):

 Actor
 Class
 Use case
 System boundary
Software development is a step-by-step process, and in ——— phase of
software development Business objective of an organization get cleared

 Maintenance
 Development
 Definition
 Vision
If you try to make software more user-friendly then the ——— may
suffer.

 Reliability
 Software
 Efficiency
 Cost
In object-oriented design, the structure of the system revolves around.

Page 21
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Objects
 Properties
 Methods
 All of the given option
In ——– relationship, a class shares the structure and behaviour defined
in another class:

 Aggregation
 Composition
 Inheritance
 Uses
In Object Oriented Design, combining the services offered by an object
with the attributes they work on, results in:

 Lower coupling and strong cohesion

 Lower cohesion and strong coupling
 Increased likelihood of reuse
 Decrease the modularity of the system
 A only
 B and c only
 A and c only
A change becomes ———– because of close presence of data and
functions.

 Accessible
 Global
 Private
 Localized
Software engineering is a ————– approach.

 Systematic
 Disciplined
 Scheduled
 All of the given options
An external entity that interacts with the system is called a(n):

 Use case

Page 22
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Actor
 Stakeholder
 Association
More powerful hardware resulted into the development of ————
powerful and ———

software.

 Less, complex
 More , complex
 More, simple
 Less, simple
A context diagram is used:

 As a first step in developing a detailed DFD of a system

 In systems analysis of very complex systems
 As an aid to system design
 As an aid to programmers
“ System should maintain transaction log of every system”

The above statement is an example of:

 Functional requirement
 Non-functional requirement
 Pseudo requirement
 None of these
The architectural model provides the software engineer with the view of
the system as a whole:

 True
 False
As per Peter Coad’s methodology , which of the following may not be a
perfect candidate for being an object?

 Zone
 Recipient
 Garage

Page 23
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Password
In the case of ————- approach , data is decomposed according to
functionality requirements.

 Object-oriented
 Action-oriented
 Event-oriented
 Process-oriented
In UML based Object Oriented Model of a system, the diamond sign is
used to depict ———

 relations between two objects/classes.

 Aggregation and Association
 Inheritance and Association
 Composition and Aggregation
 Composition, Aggregation and Association
The system specification describes the:

 Function and behavior of a computer-based system

 Implementation of each allocated system element
 Algorithmic detail and data structures
 Time required for system simulation
In object oriented approach, ———– are the people and organizations
that take part in the system under consideration:

 Actors
 Places
 Participants
Software Design discusses ———- aspect of software development.

What

 How
 Who
 When
———— requirements cause frequent modifications in user interface.

 Functional

Page 24
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Non-functional
 Unstable
 User
By levelling a DFD ( adding more levels of abstraction) we mean:

 Splitting it into different levels

 Make its structure uniform
 Expanding a process into one with more sub-processes
giving more detail
 Summarizing a DFD to specify only these essentials
A “register” in “Point of Sale system” is an example of:

Actor
 Participant
 Tangible thing
 Transaction
———— is a set of processes and tools to develop software.

 Software engineering
 Information
 Software
 None of the given
The ———– on which program operates is also considered as part of the
software.

 Data
 Information
 Program
 None of the given
———- diagram provides a time-based view and collaboration diagrams
which provide an organization based view of the system’s dynamics.

 Data flow diagram

 Entity relationship diagram
 Class diagram
 Sequence diagram
Synchronous messages are “call events” and are denoted by ———-

Page 25
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Full arrow
 Half arrow
 <<create>>
 <<destroy>>
Which of the following are the components of system engineering
software?

 Process
 Methods
 Tools
 All of the given
Identifying system features include ———–

 Log important information

 Conduct business
 Analyze business results
 All of the above
————- is yet another technique that is used to reduce customer
dissatisfaction at the requirement stage.

 Study of similar systems

 Site visits
 Prototyping
 All of the above
Data store notation in DFD represents:

 Data input
 Data output
 Data input and data output
 None of the above
The process of defining attributes is called ———–

 Who know me?

 What I know?
 Whom I know?
 All of the above
The output of the design process is a description of the:

Page 26
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Software architecture
 Software Code
 Software
 All of the above
Which of the following are the levels of software requirements?

 Business requirements
 User requirements
 Functional requirements
 All of the above
Given below are some statements associated with data flow diagrams.
Identify the correct statement among them.

 Data flow is made used of to model what systems do

 Flows of data can take place from a process to a sink
 Context diagrams shows the major system processes
 All processes have to be labelled or decomposed
In which of the following diagram the actors and attributes are
represented with system boundary?

 Data flow diagram

 Entity relationship diagram
 Class diagram
 Use case diagram
_______ is real looking mock_up of what would be eventually delivered
and might not do anything useful.

 Study of similar system

 Site visits
 Prototyping
 All of the above
_____ is blueprint for software construction.

 Object oriented design

 Sequence design
 Software design
 All of the above

Page 27
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
______ requirements lead to ill-spent time and rework.

 Unacceptable
 Ambiguous
 Dissatisfaction of customer
 None of the above
Which type of diagram is used to depict the dynamic behaviour of a
system.

 ERD diagram
 DFD diagram
 Class diagram
 Collaborations diagram
What is the most crucial non-functional requirement of a system to
control radiation dosages that are emitted as treatment for cancer?

 Security
 Reliability
 Easy usability
 Accuracy
A better design has an objective achieve

 High cohesion
 Low cohesion
 Low coupling
 High cohesion and low coupling
Which of the following are trhe components of software engineering
framework is combine the three remaining components?

 Process
 Method
 Tools
 All of the above
In sequence diagrams the time required by the receiver object to process
the message is denoted by an _____

 Activation box

Page 28
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 Message line
 Life line
 All of the above
How many types of OOD modes have _____.

 One
 Two
 Three
 Four
Which notation is used to represent the process of the system in DFD
model.

Process
 External agent
 Data flow
 Data store
Requirement engineering mainly deals with the _______ of the system

 Process
 Maintenance
 Development phase
 Definition phase
Insufficient user involvement leads to _____ products.

 Unacceptable
 Ambiguous
 Dissatisfaction of customer
 None of the above
Collaboration diagrams have basically two types of components: objects
and _____

 Messages
 Method
 Classes
 None of the above
In object-oriented analysis how many number of tasks must occurs _____.

Page 29
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  1
 2
 3
 None of the above
State transition diagram is helpful in determining ______.

 Data store
 Process flow
 Business understanding
 None of the above
In sequence diagram events are organized in a _____ time life line.

Vertical
 Horizontal
 Both A and B
 All of the above
Asynchronous messages are “signals,” denoted by ______.

Full arrow

 Half arrow
 <<create>>
 <<destroy>>
When we write a program for computer and then we named it as _____ .

 Data
 Information
 Software
 None of the given
Context level diagram present in which of the following document.

 SRS-software requirement specification

 Design document
 Test phase
 All of the above
______ is diagram in which objects are interact with each other and these
are arranged in a sequence.

Page 30
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  ERD diagrams
 Inheritance diagrams
 Class diagrams
 Sequence diagrams
Which of the following layers are include in object-oriented design?

 The subsystem layers

 The class and object layer
 All of the above
 The message layers
Which notation is used to represent the boundary of the system in DFD
model?

 Process
 External agent
 Data flow
 Data store
Identifying whole-part structures (aggregations) means what are my
_____.

 Components
 Structures
 Class
 Object
An object or class may further be classified on the basis of ______ .

 Behaviour driven attributes

 Data driven attributes
 Responsibility driven attributes
 o   All of the above
DFD notation contains

 Process
 External agent
 Data flow
 All of the above
The doted lines in sequence diagram are called ____ .

Page 31
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Life line
 Message line
 Entities line
 All of the above
An object may create another object via a _____ message .

Full arrow
 half arrow
 <<create>>
 <<destroy>>
How many levels of software requirements are _____?

 One
 Two
 Three
 Four
Which of the following diagram has iterative activities?

 Data flow diagram

 Entity relationship diagram
 Class diagram
 Use case diagram
Which of the items listed below is not one of the software engineering
layers?

 Tools
 Manufacturing
 Process
 Methods
Coupling is a measure of _____ a module or component.

Independent
 Dependent
 Closeness
 All of the given
Software maintenance phase involves

Page 32
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
  Debugging
 Adding new features
 Making changes
 All of the given
The hardest single part of building a software system is deciding
precisely _____ to build.

 When
 What
 Why
 All of the given
Interaction diagrams depict the ____ behaviour of the system.

 Static
 Active
 Dynamic
 None of the given
A _____ can be used to describe the dynamic behaviour of an object-
oriented system.

 ERD diagrams
 Inheritance diagrams
 Class diagrams
 Series diagrams
The Use case diagram shows that which ____ interact with each use case.

 Use case
 Actor
 Component
 Relation
Transactions are the _____ that must be remembered through time.

 Events
 Action
 Triggers
 Methods

Page 33
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
A necessary supplement to transform or transaction mapping needed to
create a complete architectural design is

 Entity relationship diagrams

 The data dictionary
 Processing narratives for each module
 Best cases for each module 

Objective Questions
1. Performance, Security and maintainability are the
types of ________ requirements.

1. Business

2. Non-Functional

3. Domain

4. Functional

2. More powerful hardware resulted into the

development of ________ powerful and ________
software.

1. more, complex

2. less, complex

3. more, simple

4. less, simple

3. In Collaboration diagrams, sequence of messaging is

shown by ________.

1. Numbering each message in an increasing order of

numeric value

Page 34
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 2. Ordering of the messages in time

3. Vertical ordering of the messages

4. Horizontal ordering of the messages

4. ________ structure represents the internal

organization of the various data and control items.

1. Value

2. Data

3. Information

4. Conceptual

5. The method of dividing and assigning different

portions of a large system to different groups for
construction is called ________.

1. Work Basic Structure

2. Working Boundary Structure

3. Work Breakdown Structure

4. Work Breakdown System

6. The modules that interact with each other through

message passing have ________.

1. High Cohesion

2. Low Cohesion

3. High Coupling

4. Low Coupling

Page 35
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
7. Performance, Security and maintainability are the
types of ________ requirements.

1. Business

2. Non-Functional

3. Domain

4. Functional

8. Software Engineering is the combination of tools,

techniques and ________.

1. Testing

2. Processes

3. Design

4. Maintenance

9. Prototyping is used when there is ________

regarding requirements.

1. Confirmation

2. Consensus

3. Uncertainty

4. Conflict

10. The focus of sequence diagrams is:

1. On object constraints

2. On static Model of system

3. On objects/classes and messages exchanged among

them

Page 36
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 4. on the flow of Control

11. The goal of ________ is to translate the

customer's desire for a set of defined capabilities
into a working product.

1. Electrical Engineering

2. Product Engineering

3. Mechanical Engineering

4. Hardware Engineering

12. A ________ is not the real product but just a

real looking mock-up of what would be eventually
delivered.

1. Software

2. Test Case

3. Program

4. Prototype

13. Defining the services of an object means:

1. Whome it knows?

2. What it does?

3. What it knows?

4. Who knows it?

14. The criteria used to assess the quality of an

architectural design should be based on system

1. functionality

Page 37
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 2. accessibility and reliability

3. implementation details

4. data and control

15. A ________ relationship indicates that one

entity is composed of one or more parts which are
themselves instances of that or another entity.

1. Generalization

2. Specialization

3. Inheritance

4. Whole-part

16. In UML based Object Oriented model of a

system, the diamond sign is used to depict ________
relations between two objects/classes.

1. Composition and Aggregation

2. Aggregation and Association

3. Inheritance and Association

4. Composition, Aggregation and Association

17. In data flow diagram (DFD), Create, Update,

Delete and Read operations are normally called:

1. DURC operations

2. CDUR operation

3. RUDC operations

4. CRUD operations

Page 38
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
18. A life line represents the object's life during the
interaction in a sequence diagram while its notation
is depicted by ________.

1. Dotted Lines

2. Solid Lines

3. Curved Lines

4. Full Arrow

19. In UML based Object Oriented model of a

system, a composition relation between two objects
is shown by a ________ sign on the Whole side of a
relation line.

1. A filled diamond

2. A dot

3. An unfilled diamond

4. A half arrowhead

20. Which of the following sentence is true

regarding user interface design?

1. The simpler the interface, the efficient is the system.

2. The higher the response time, the better is the

interface.

3. GUI interfaces are good for all tasks which a user

needs to perform at an interface.

4. Commabd-line interfaces are faster for some tasks

which the user needs to perform.

21. An external entity that interacts with a system

is called a(n):
Page 39
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1. association

2. stakeholder

3. use case

4. actor

22. Which of the following is NOT among one of the

four layers of the Object Oriented (OO) design
pyramid

1. The subsystem layer

2. The message layer

3. The class and object layer

4. The Abstract layer

23. Return values in synchronous messages are:

1. Compulsory

2. represented by solid lines

3. Not used at all

4. May not used when response is obvious

24. A context diagram is used

1. as an aid to system design

2. as the first step in developing a detailed DFD of a

system

3. in systems analysis of very complex systems

4. as an aid to programmers

Page 40
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
25. Different messages in sequence diagrams
includes:

1. Notify

2. Both Simple and Asynchronous

3. Asynchronous

4. Simple

26. ________ diagram does not capture control

flow information, it just shows the flow of the data in
a system.

1. Sequence

2. Data Flow

3. Activity

4. Class

27. If Cat is derived from Mamal Class, and Mamal is

derived from Animal Class, then:

1. Cat will not ba able to access any class

2. Cat will inherit Animal's fubctions and data

3. Cat will not inherit Animal's fubctions and data

4. Cat is allowed to access only the Mamal's Class

28. The architecture components for product

engineering are

1. data, hardware, software, procedures

2. data, documentation, hardware, software

Page 41
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 3. data, hardware, software, people

4. documentation, hardware, people, procedures

29. In ________ the analyst determines all the

sources of requirements and where do theses
requirements consume

1. Source and Sink Analysis

2. Down Parsing

3. Data Flow Analysis

4. Up Parsing

30. Transactions are the ________ that must be

remembered through time.

1. Triggers

2. Events

3. Methods

4. Actions

31. The system specification describes the

1. function and behavior of a computer-based system

2. implementation of each allocated system element

3. algorithmic detail and data structures

4. time required for system simulation

32. The context diagram is used as the top level

abstraction in a ________ developed according to
principles of structured analysis.

Page 42
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1. Dataflow diagram

2. Activity Diagram

3. State Transition Diagram

4. USe Case Diagram

33. A use case represents:

1. a class, its attributes and operations.

2. an operation’s interface and signature.

3. the role a user plays when interacting with the

system.

4. the system’s functionality for a particular purpose.

34. In use case diagram, an ellipse signifies a(n):

1. actor

2. class

3. use case

4. system boundary

35. System ________ are built to allow the System

Engineer to evaluate the system components in
relationship to one another.

1. Requirements

2. Documents

3. Models

4. Test Cases

Page 43
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
36. In Data Flow Diagram, the entity or system,
outside the boundary of this system is called

1. Process

2. Data Flow

3. External Agent

4. Data Store

37. An arrow in Data Flow Diagram (DFD)

represents

1. Direction of flow of data

2. Processing of data

3. External agent

4. Internal agent

38. Data cannot flow from one external entity to

other external entity because:

1. It will get corrupted

2. It is not allowed in DFD

3. An external entity has no mechanism to read or write

4. Both are outside the context of the system

39. ________ is a technique that can be used to

reduce customer dissatisfaction at requirement
stage.

1. Analysis

2. Negotiation

Page 44
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 3. Prototyping

4. GUI

40. ________ requirements cause frequent

modifications in user interface.

1. Functional

2. Non-functional

3. Unstable

4. User

41. Software Design discusses ________ aspect of

software development.

1. What

2. How

3. When

4. Who

42. In the case of action-oriented approach, data is

decomposed according to:

1. Object requirements

2. Functionality requirements

3. Corresponding domain model

4. Compatibility with object interface

43. Coupling is a measure of ________ of a module

or component.

1. Independence

Page 45
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 2. Dependence

3. Aggregation

4. Composition

44. ________ is a technique in which we construct

a model of an entity based upon its essential
characteristics and ignore the inessential details.

1. Inheritance

2. Polymorphism

3. Aggregation

4. Abstraction

45. Strong cohesion implies that:

1. All parts of a component have a close logical

relationship with each other.

2. All parts of a component do not have a close logical

relationship with each other.

3. Component is dynamic in nature

4. Component is static in nature

46. A change becomes ________ because of close

presence of data and functions.

1. Accessible

2. Global

3. Private

4. Localized

Page 46
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
47. ________ and ________ are two important
tools that helps in managing the program
complexity.

1. Composition, Inheritance

2. Abstraction, Encapsulation

3. Aggregation, Inheritance

4. Modularity, Composition

48. The three most important characteristics of an

object are:

1. Identity

2. State

3. Behavior

4. All of the given.

49. ________ is an extremely powerful technique

for dealing with complexity.

1. Aggregation

2. Abstraction

3. Inheritance

4. Association

50. The intent of Object Oriented Analysis (OOA) is

to define:

1. All classes

2. Relationships among classes

Page 47
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 3. Behavior of classes

4. All of the given.

51. While establishing the services for an object,

the following fundamental questions should be asked

1. Why does the system need this object any way?

2. What useful questions can it answer?

3. What useful action can it perform?

4. All of the given.

Writing test cases and generating test data are processes that demand __________ building
capabilities.
Code
Domain
System
Scenario         scenario-building                   (correct)

What types of errors are missed by black-box testing and can be uncovered by whitebox
testing?
Runtime errors
Logic errors               (correct)
Performance errors
Input errors

The cyclomatic complexity metric provides the designer with information regarding the
number of ___________.
Statements in the program
Cycles in the program
Errors in the program
Independent logic paths in the program                             207      (correct)

The best reason for using Independent software test teams is that
Software developers do not need to do any testing            (correct)
Strangers will test the software mercilessly
Testers do not get involved with the project until testing begins
The conflicts of interest between developers and testers is reduced

__________ is intended to define a many to many relationship between objects so that

when
Page 48
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
one object changes state all its dependants are notified and updated automatically.
Observer Pattren                   (correct)
Facade Pattren
Singleton Pattren
Joint Pattren

________ ensures that a class only has one instance and provides a global point of access to
it.
Behavioral Pattern
Joint Pattern
Singleton Pattern                               145      (correct)
Observer Pattern

Inspections cannot check __________ characteristics.

Non-Functioanl                                 213      (correct)
Business
User
Functional

Secondary private classes can be declared as __________ and reside in the file of the class
they belong to.
Asynchronous Classes
Inner classes                           158      (correct)
Outer classes
Synchronous classes

The construction should appear at the __________ of the header file.

Top                 (correct)
Bottom
Left
Right

In the switch statement, cases should always end with ________.

Return
Semi colon
Break                          170      (correct)
Full stop

Modularity is a tool that can help us in ________ the size of individual functions.
Stabilizing
Reducing                    173      (correct)
Increasing
Strengthening

Abstraction and encapsulation are two important tools that can help in managing and
mastering the _________ of a program.
Usability
Complexity                 173      (correct)

Page 49
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Understandability
Reliability

One of the guidelines to avoid common mistakes is to never use ________ except for
declaration.
,                       comma ,          (correct)
;
=
||

Which of the following is/are NOT one of the umbrella activities?

Requirement analysis
Architecture design
Test case development
All of the given options                     (correct)

In a …………., each program module is represented by a rectangular box.

Use case diagram                   33                    (correct)
Class diagram
Document flow diagram
Data flow diagram

……………… is a diagramming technique used to identify the types of objects in the

system
and the static relationships that exist among them.
Class Diagram                       (correct)
Document flow diagrams
Data flow diagrams
Flow charts

Which one is NOT a type of messages which Sequence Diagrams Depict _______
Asynchronous
Synchronous
Create
Update                        108                  (correct)

Identifying Whole-Part structures (Aggregations) means, what are my ---------------

Components                           95                    (correct)
Structures
Modules
Interaction Protocols

The design process for identifying the sub-systems making up a system and the
framework for sub-system control and communication is:
Architectural Design                         115                  (correct)
Interface Design
Component Design
Data Design

Page 50
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
A complex System evolves from a
Smaller system
Simpler system                       69                    (correct)
Bigger system
Medium system

A context diagram ______

Describes the context dependencies of a system
Is a DFD which gives an overview of the system                (correct)
Is a detailed description of a system
Is not used in drawing a detailed DFD

When measure of independence of a module or component is low to the other,

How would changes in one component have effect on other component?
No
Low
High                (correct)
Equal

What is meant by the term ‘software crisis’?

Ability to deliver software on time with good quality
A situation in which experienced developers leave the company
Inability of new software to inter-operate with existing software                (correct)
A situation in which large scale software projects took more time and budget than
was planned               

Which is not included in test criteria applied in a phase of testing?

Functional validity
Interface integrity
Correctness
Programming Logic              (correct)

For inspections, --------------- are prepared that contain information regarding defects.
Tables
Checklists                   210                  (correct)
Lists
Frames

Static analyzers are software tools for --------------- processing.

Analysis text
Source text                 211                  (correct)
Design text
Maintainence Text

Holistic medicine, concerns itself with the state of the body as a whole, not the -----------
that is currently attacking it.
Target
Reason
Page 51
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Disease            224                  (correct)
Source

What factor has no precipitation in more sophisticated and complex computer-based

systems?
Vast use of personal computers.                  (correct)
Vast increases in computer memory and storage capacity.
Greater variety of exotic input/output options.
Profound changes in computer architectures.

Software Bugs have multiple names. Which one of the below is not the name of Software
Bugs?
Bugs
Defects
Errors
Mistakes         213                  (correct)

Unit testing is roughly equivalent to __________ testing for hardware in which each chip is
tested thoroughly after manufacturing.
Circuit level
Chip Level                 207                  (correct)
Component level
System level

Equivalence __________ help you in designing test cases to test the system effectively and
efficiently.
Functions
Classes                        202                  (correct)
Objects
Interfaces

___________ are used to describe flow of data or control in an application.

Code structures
String matching.
Paths
Flow graphs                           203                  (correct)

Writing test cases and generating test data are processes that demand __________ building
capabilities.
Domain
System
Scenario                                 198                  (correct)
Code

The raising of the imaginary error flag is simply called raising or _________ an error.
Throwing                               187                  (correct)
Sending
Casting

Page 52
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Handling

 _________ requirements are often called product features.

Functional
Business                      22                    (correct)
User
Non-functional

Many compilers limit the maximum number of bits in the bit field to the size of a(n)
_________.
Integer                        183                  (correct)
Float
Character
Double

In Java, ">>" is used for _______ shift and ">>>" for _________ shift.
Arithmetic, Logical                           181                  (correct)
Mathematical, Logical
Incremental, Arithmetic
Logical, Arithmetic

When large amount of data is to be shared, repository model is used. This model has
been extensively used in the _______ based application.
Mainframe                             130                  (correct)
Super Computers
Personal Computers
Real time

There are four basic coding structures: sequence, if statement, case statement, and
___________.
For loop
While loop                              203                  (correct)
Switch statement
Logical operations

___________ is only a reference for defining protocols and designing and implementing
systems developed by different parties.
OSI model
Reference architecture                                 137                  (correct)
Layered architecture
N-tier architecture

The pattern movement became very quiet until __________ when patterns appeared again
at OOPSLA conference.
1987                            141                  (correct)
1988
1962
1995

Page 53
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
STL Stands for ______________.
Standard Temporary Line
Standard Temporary Library
Standard Template Library                                     141                  (correct)
Standard Type Link

MVC stands for ____________.

Modern View Center
Model View Controller                                 143                  (correct)
Modern View Controller
Model View Center

________ ensures that a class only has one instance and provides a global point of access to
it.
Singleton Pattern                               145                  (correct)
Observer Pattern
Behavioral Pattern
Joint Pattern

Which design pattern provides a unified interface to a set of interfaces in a sub-system?

Façade                                    146                  (correct)
Singleton
Observer
Joint

Testing activities require destructive instincts in __________ for the purpose of breaking
system to discover loopholes into its functionality.
Bug Fixers
Tester                                     198                  (correct)
Developer
Requirement Engineer

Camel Case is now the official convention for file names and identifiers in the ________
programming language.
C#
C++
Java                            152                  (correct)
Visual Basic.Net

In presence of _________ bug in a program, the results are the opposite of what is
expected.
Memory Leak
Memory Over-runs
Syntax Error
Logical Error                                     221                  (correct)

Split lines occur when a statement exceed the _______ column limit.

Page 54
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
80                                158                  (correct)
90
95
85

Identifier names play a significant role in enhancing the ____________ of a program.

Writability
Readability                             151                  (correct)
Reliability
Usability

"is" prefix should be used for__________ variables and methods.

Static
General
Boolean                                  155                  (correct)
Constant

Comments should be indented relative to their position in the _______.

Code                           165                  (correct)
Design
Analysis
Requirements

Modularity is a tool that can help us in ________ the size of individual functions.
Stabilizing
Reducing                                173                  (correct)
Increasing
Strengthening

When planning for performance, one should always remember the _______ rule.
80/20                                       180                  (correct)
70/20
60/20
100/20

Which of the items listed below is NOT one of the software engineering layers?
Tools
Process
Manufacturing                      (correct)
Methods

Which of the following is a non-functional requirement of a website which sells

songs?
A catalogue of the stock needs to be available for the users to choose from
Customer information should be retained to allow future transactions easier
Users should be able to choose from a set of different languages for the interface
Time taken to download songs in the catalogue should not irritate users           
(correct)

Page 55
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
The state transition diagram ______
Depicts relationships between data objects
Depicts functions that transform the data flow
Indicates how data are transformed by the system            not             (correct)
Indicates system reactions to external events

Control flow diagrams are:

Needed to model event driven systems
Required for all systems
Used in place of data flow diagrams                       (correct)
Useful for modeling user interfaces

Prototyping _____
Ensures getting the design right the first time
Is the execution of the standard systems development cycle using CASE tools.
Is used to verify if a key process is feasible             (correct)
Involves an iterative development process with minimum end use involvement.

Identifying Whole-Part structures (Aggregations) means, what are my -------------

Components
Structures                  98                    (correct)
Modules
Interaction Protocols

Software architecture is "The _______ of the components of a program/system,

their interrelationships, and principles and guidelines governing their design and evolution
over time".
Combination
Collection
Structure                    120                  (correct)
Unification

The object-behavior model indicates how the system ________

Functions in the operating environment
Objects collaborate with one another                      (correct)
Responds to external stimuli
Responds to internal stimuli

Perry and Wolfe proposed the following formula for software architecture:
Software architecture = {Forms, Rationale}
Software architecture = {Elements, Forms, Rationale}                 125                 
(correct)
Software architecture = {Parts, Rationale}
Software architecture = {Parts, Elements}

Repository model also provides the ---------------------- view of the system.

Global                         130                  (correct)

Page 56
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Local
General
Private

In the case of zero-install, the network environment is used to ______ server side
processing by adding a number of servers which share processing load.
Distribute                   133                  (correct)
Centeralize
Shift
De-Synchronize

Requirement Statement and Requirement Specification are also called

Requirement Definition and ________
Functional Specification                   28                    (correct)
Mathematical specification
System Specification
Cost Specification

Which of the following is not a fundamental structured programming construct?

Recursion                   (correct)
Condition
Repetition
Sequence

For equivalence partitions, we divide the problem in ----------- obvious categories of

equal strings
4
3
2                      202                  (correct)
5

Which is not included in test criteria applied in a phase of testing?

Functional validity
Interface integrity
Correctness
Programing Logic                 (correct)

Static analyzers are software tools for --------------- processing.

Analysis text
Source text                 214                  (correct)
Design text
Maintainence Text

The first “bug” was actually a moth, which flew through an open window and into one of
the Mark --------- 's relays.
II                     216                  (correct)
I
III

Page 57
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
IV

Holistic medicine, concerns itself with the state of the body as a whole, not the -----------
that is currently attacking it.
Target
Reason
Disease                        (correct)
Source

Bugs Fixing is done by which of the teams in Software Development lifecycle?

Development Team               (correct)
Testing Team not sure
Analysis & Design Team
Process Team

Which of the following testing involve purely black box testing?

Unit testing, Beta testing
Acceptance testing, Interface testing
Beta testing, Acceptance testing                   (correct)
Integration testing, Interface testing

 A memory leak bug is one in which memory is somehow allocated from either the
operating system or an ---------- "pool", but never deallocated when the memory is finished
being used.
External memory
Mixed memory
Internal Memory                   219                  (correct)
Mutually exculive memory

Equivalence __________ help you in designing test cases to test the system
effectively and efficiently.
Functions
Classes                        202                  (correct)
Objects
Interfaces

___________ are used to describe flow of data or control in an application.

Code structures
String matchings
Paths
Flow graphs               203                  (correct)

_________ requirements are often called product features.

Functional
Business                      (correct)
User
Non-functional

Page 58
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
In Java, ">>" is used for _______ shift and ">>>" for _________ shift.
Arithmetic, Logical               (correct)
Mathematical, Logical
Incremental, Arithmetic
Logical, Arithmetic

When large amount of data is to be shared, repository model is used. This model has
been extensively used in the _______ based application.
Mainframe                 130                  (correct)
Super Computers
Personal Computers
Real time

Idea of zero install architecture is to develop a system where no installation on the _____
is needed.
Client side                  133                  (correct)
Server Side
Client & Server Side
Network

___________ is only a reference for defining protocols and designing and implementing
systems developed by different parties.
OSI model
Reference architecture                     137                  (correct)
Layered architecture
N-tier architecture

Description of communicating objects and classes that are customized to solve a general
design in a particular context is called __________.
Design Pattren                       140                  (correct)
System Pattren
System Design
Design System

Which of the following is the correct formula for calculating cyclomatic complexity of a
program ?
V-N+2
E-V+2
E - N + 2 208              (correct)
E+N–2

In unit testing, developers test ___________ code units (modules, classes, etc.) during
implementation.
Other's
Their own                  210                  (correct)
Mixed code of people
Hidden

Page 59
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Performance & Usability are examples of _________ requirements.
Business
Functional
Non-Functional                     213                  (correct)
User

33.Which of the following is the correct definition for software testing ?

The process of demonstrating that errors are not present
The process of establishing confidence that a program does what it is supposed to do
The process of executing a program to show it is working as per specifications
The process of executing a program with the intent of finding errors                
(correct)

The code is misbehaving in a way that cannot be easily explained.

The above statement is the symptom of ___________.
Runtime Error
Logical Error                         221
Memory Leak
Exception

Secondary private classes can be declared as __________ and reside in the file of the class
they belong to.
Asynchronous Classes
Inner classes               158                  (correct)
Outer classes
Synchronous classes

Split lines occur when a statement exceed the _______ column limit.
80                    158                  (correct)
90
95
85

Identifier names play a significant role in enhancing the ____________ of a program.

Writability
Readability                 151                  (correct)
Reliability
Usability

Names representing methods and functions should be ________ and written in mixed case
starting with ________ case.
Noun, Lower
Noun, Upper
Verb, Upper
Verb, Lower              (correct)

"is" prefix should be used for__________ variables and methods.

Static

Page 60
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
General
Boolean                      155                  (correct)
Constant

If you are initializing a variable at the time of declaration, do not declare another
_______in the same statement.
Variable                     179                  (correct)
Object
Class
Module

 A change becomes ------------- because of close presence of data and fucntions

Localized                    (correct)
Private
Global
Accessible

Which of the following is NOT an objective for building an analysis model?

Develop an abbreviated solution for the problem              (correct)
Establish basis for software design
Define set of software requirements
Describe customer requirements

Data flow diagrams are used to handle processes involved in ________

Business Process Transformation
Flow of data               53                    (correct)
Flow of information
Cost estimation

The first most important study in developing any system is to indentify

Purpose of the system                       (correct)
Implementation of the system
Design of the system
Architecture of the system not sure _

Software Architecture is all about ________

Requirements gathering
Design                         (correct)
Coding
Testing

Dynamic components of an OOA model are ____________________

Not reusable
Sensitive to timing and event processing                 (correct)
Stable throughout the operational life of an application
Structural in nature

UML (unified modeling language) analysis modeling focuses on the _________________ .

Page 61
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Behavioral model and environment model.                        (correct)
Behavioral model and implementation model.
User model and environmental model
User model and structural model

Perry and Wolfe proposed the following formula for software architecture:
Software architecture = {Forms, Rationale}
Software architecture = {Elements, Forms, Rationale}                 (correct)
Software architecture = {Parts, Rationale}
Software architecture = {Parts, Elements}

Repository model also provides the ---------------------- view of the system

Global                         130                  (correct)
Local
General
Private

Which of the below is NOT a part of Architectural styles?

Data Center architecture
Client Server Architecture
Hirerical Architercture                     129                  (correct)
Layered Architecture

Consider the following scenario:

“Student logins the system and checks his/her lecture schedule”
Keeping in mind the use case diagram, and above scenario the one of the post conditions
might be:
Student should have a login
System should be available
Student should log-off after checking schedule                  (correct)
Lecture schedule should be displayed date wise

When measure of independence of a module or component is low to the other,

How would changes in one component have effect on other component?
No
Low
High                (correct)
Equal

One of the most powerful features of exception handling is that an error can be ----------
over function boundaries.
Thrown                      187                  (correct)
Called back
Caught
Sent

What is the normal order of activities in which software testing is organized?

Unit, integration, system, validation                        (correct)

Page 62
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
System, integration, unit, validation
Unit, integration, validation, system
Integration, unit, system, validation

Two tests are considered to be equivalent if it is believed that: if one discovers a defect,
the other probably will too, and if one does not discover a defect,
---------------------------------.
The other probably may
The other probably can
The other probably won’t either                 202                  (correct)
The other probably will

For equivalence partitions, we divide the problem in ----------- obvious categories of

equal strings
4
3
2                      (correct)
5

In -------------- testing we test the structure of the program.

White Box                  201                  (correct)
Black Box
System
Regression

Static analyzers are software tools for --------------- processing.

Analysis text
Source text                 214                  (correct)
Design text
Maintainence Text

Unit testing is roughly equivalent to __________ testing for hardware in which each chip is
tested thoroughly after manufacturing.
Circuit level
Chip Level                 210                  (correct)
Component level
System level

20.A SRS is said to be __________ if and only if, every requirement stated therein has only
one
interpretation.
Compact
Unambiguous                        (correct)
Consistant
Detailed

 In Java, ">>" is used for _______ shift and ">>>" for _________ shift
Arithmetic, Logical               (correct)

Page 63
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Mathematical, Logical
Incremental, Arithmetic
Logical, Arithmetic

A(n) ________ is a variance from a desired product attribute

Error
Exception
Defect                         195                  (correct)
Mistake

st cases should be generated for unit testing and system testing during _________.
Testing and maintenance respectively                     (correct)
Requirement analysis
Design and requirement analysis respectively
Coding and design respectively

a of zero install architecture is to develop a system where no installation on the _____ is

needed.
Client side                  133                  (correct)
Server Side
Client & Server Side
Network

________ is NOT a layer of operating system.

Core layer
Application layer
Presentation layer                 136                  (correct)
UI layer

26.patterns are devices that allow programs to share knowledge about their ___________.
Design                         140                  (correct)
Code
Analysis
Testing

Which design pattern provides a unified interface to a set of interfaces in a sub-system?

Façade                        146                  (correct)
Singleton
Observer
Joint

In unit testing, developers test ___________ code units (modules, classes, etc.) during
implementation.
Other's
Their own                  210                  (correct)
Mixed code of people
Hidden

Page 64
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Inspections cannot check __________ characteristics.
Non-Functioanl.                    213                  (correct)
Business
User
Functional

Performance & Usability are examples of _________ requirements.

Business
Functional
Non-Functional                     213                  (correct)
User

Inspections may be applied to any representation of the system which may include all
except __________.
Requirements
Design
Testing
Analysis                      213                  (correct)

Debuggers can be used to display values of _________ .

local variables only
global variables only
static variables only
both local and global variables                     229                  (correct)

The code is misbehaving in a way that cannot be easily explained.

The above statement is the symptom of ___________.
Runtime Error
Logical Error                         221                  (correct)
Memory Leak
Exception

Ideally speaking, a function should not be larger than _________lines of code and in any
case should not exceed one page in length.
20                    150                  (correct)
15
30
25

CamelCase is now the official convention for file names and identifiers in the ________
programming language.
C#
C++
Java                152                  (correct)
Visual Basic.Net

Split lines occur when a statement exceed the _______ column limit.
80                    (correct)

Page 65
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
90
95
85

37.The construction should appear at the __________ of the header file

Top                 160                  (correct)
Bottom
Left
Right

Identifier names play a significant role in enhancing the ____________ of a program.

Writability
Readability                 (correct)
Usability
Maintainability

One of the guidelines to avoid common mistakes is to never use ________ except for declar
,                       (correct)
;
=
||

When planning for performance, one should always remember the _______ rule.
80/20               (correct)
70/20
60/20
100/20

 Following are some statements associated with data flow diagrams. Identify the correct
statement from among them.
DFDs are used to model complex interfaces.
DFDs are used to represent only functional processing, data stores and data movements
between functions.
DFDs depict only processes which can be decomposed.                (correct)
DFDs do not show external data sources and external data sinks.

A project is considered successful if:

The system was delivered in time and within budget.                    (correct)
The system meets at least some of the customer’s requirements.
The system development process has a maximum impact on the ongoing business process.
Minimum time was spent for requirement gathering and designing.

A process which does not take input is called ______

Miracle process                      (correct)
Core process
Secondary process
Zombie process

Page 66
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Data Flow Diagrams _______
Replace the job of systems analysts
Do not allow every function to work at the same time.
Can be automatically generated by computer aided software engineering tools
Describes how data flows from one logical processing unit to another               
(correct)

In a …………., each program module is represented by a rectangular box.

Use case diagram                   (correct)
Document flow diagram
Class diagram
Data flow diagram

Identify the correct description.

The collection of use cases for a system constitutes all the defined ways the system may be
used.
UML stands for Unified Markup Language
State transition diagrams are drawn for objects with no significant dynamic behavior.
Object Model depicts the dynamic behavior of system                  (correct)

Dynamic components of an OOA model are ____________________

Not reusable
Sensitive to timing and event processing                 (correct)
Stable throughout the operational life of an application
Structural in nature

To determine the architectural style or combination of styles that best fits the proposed
system, requirements engineering is used to uncover:
Algorithmic complexity
Characteristics and constraints                    (correct)
Control and data
Design patterns

Krutchen’s 4+1 architectural view model proposes the development of ______ main views
5
4          There are 4 main views                     (correct)
3
2

Repository model also provides the ---------------------- view of the system.

Global             (correct)
Local
General
Private

Client server model tries to _______ data and processing.

Distribute                   130                  (correct)
Centralize

Page 67
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Process in parallel
Combine
We can divide the whole Software Engineering process in 4 distinct phases namely
vision, definition, development, and maintenance.

Which of the following is not among “Definition related” activities of software

development?
Requirement verification
Change Control                     (correct)
Requirement Engineering
Software Requirements

What is meant by the term ‘software crisis’?

Ability to deliver software on time with good quality
A situation in which experienced developers leave the company
Inability of new software to inter-operate with existing software                        (correct)
A situation in which large scale software projects took more time and budget than
was planned

Which of the following are external qualities of a software product?

Maintainability, reusability, portability, efficiency, correctness
Correctness, reliability, robustness, efficiency, usability
Portability, interoperability, maintainability, reusability               (correct)
Robustness, efficiency, reliability, maintainability, reusability

Which writing style is best regarding identifier role in enhancing the readability of a
program?
If (Flag = = 0)
If (Flag = = START_NUMBER)
If (Z = = START_NUMBER)                      (correct)
If (Z= =0)

A useful technique for evaluating the overall complexity of a proposed architecture is to

look at the component
Number and size of components
Flow dependencies and sharing dependencies                   (correct)
Size and cost
Algorithms used

For equivalence partitions, we divide the problem in ----------- obvious categories of

equal strings
4
3
2                      (correct)
5

In -------------- testing we test the structure of the program.

White Box                  (correct)

Page 68
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Black Box
System
Regression

Which is not included in test criteria applied in a phase of testing?

Functional validity
Interface integrity
Correctness
Programming Logic              (correct)

Inspections can check conformance with a specification but not conformance with the ---
----------requirements.
Customer's real                     213                  (correct)
Developer
Tester
Manger

 Static analyzers are software tools for --------------- processing.

Analysis text
Source text                 (correct)
Design text
Maintenance Text

Holistic medicine, concerns itself with the state of the body as a whole, not the -----------
that is currently attacking it.
Target
Reason
Disease                        (correct)
Source

Software deteriorates rather than wears out because

Software suffers from exposure to hostile environments
Defects are more likely to arise after software has been used often                    
(correct)
Multiple change requests introduce errors in component interactions
Software spare parts become harder to order

Testing is an intellectually demanding activity and has a lifecycle ---------- to software

development.
Equal
Parallel                       198                  (correct)
Sequential
In contrast

A memory leak bug is one in which memory is somehow allocated from either the
operating system or an ---------- "pool", but never deallocated when the memory is finished
being used.
Mixed memory

Page 69
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
External memory
Internal Memory                               219                  (correct)
Mutually exculive memory

___________ are used to describe flow of data or control in an application.

Code structures
String matchings
Paths
Flow graphs                           203                  (correct)

  The best way to conduct a requirements validation review is to

Select correct option:

examine the system model for errors

have the customer look over the requirements
send them to the design team and see if they have any concerns
use a checklist of questions to examine each requirement
 
                    1 or 4 ...not sure
3:24 PM Data cannot flow from one external entity to other external entity because:
Select correct option:

It will get corrupted

It is not allowed in DFD
An external entity has no mechanism to read or write
Both are outside the context of the system
 4

Use case construction is a technique used for:

Select correct option:

requirements determination.

requirements structuring.

user interface design.

database design.
3:26 PM2

  The <<extend>> relationship between use cases would be used when behavior in the extending
use case is __________ the extended use case

  always needed by

never needed by

sometimes needed by

Page 70
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
None of the given options

3:27 PM: In use case diagram, an ellipse signifies a(n):

Select correct option:

actor
class
use case

system boundary
3:29 PM 3
 

  An arrow in Data Flow Diagram (DFD) represents

Select correct option:

Direction of flow of data

Processing of data
External agent
Internal agent
 1
 

3:30 PM: system models are built to allow the system engineer to evaluate the system components
in relationship to one another
Select correct option:

True
False
 Process in Data Flow Diagram (DFD) represents
Select correct option:

Flow of data
Transformation of data
Storage of data
An external agent
 

The Use case diagram does not show which actors interact with each use case
Select correct option:

TRUE
FALSE
 The condition that must be met before the use case can be invoked, is called:
Select correct option:

Pre-Condition
Post-Condition
Pre-Assertion
Post-Assertion
3:3
                      Data cannot flow from one external entity to other external entity because:

Page 71
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Select correct option:

It will get corrupted

It is not allowed in DFD
An external entity has no mechanism to read or write
Both are outside the context of the system
 A prototype is not the real product but just a real looking mock-up of what would be eventually
delivered
Select correct option:

TRUE
FALSE
3:37 P

  Data Flow Model:

Select correct option:

Captures the flow of data in a system

Helps in developing an understanding of system's functionality
Describes data origination, transformations and consumption in a system
All of the given options
 
3:38Use case construction is a technique used for:
Select correct option:

requirements determination.

requirements structuring.
user interface design.

database design.
 The "extends" relationship is kind of a generalization specialization relationship.
Select correct option:

TRUE
FALSE
3:40

  use of traceability tables helps to

Select correct option:

debug programs following the detection of run-time errors

determine the performance of algorithm implementations
identify, control, and track requirements changes
none of the given
3:41 PM 
 
 

Page 72
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 : A Process in Data Flow Diagram (DFD) represents
Select correct option:

Flow of data
Transformation of data
Storage of data
An external agent
 
A context diagram is used
Select correct option:

as the first step in developing a detailed DFD of a system

in systems analysis of very complex systems
as an aid to system design
as an aid to programmers
 In Data Flow Diagram (DFD), one data store can directly copy the data from another data store
Select correct option:

TRUE
FALSE
3:53 PM 
 The system model template contains which of the following elements
Select correct option:

input
output
output
all of the given
 To construct a system model the engineer should consider one of the following restraining factors?
Select correct option:

assumptions and constraints

budget and expenses
data objects and operations
schedule and milestones
 In data flow diagram (DFD), Create, Update, Delete and Read operations are normally called:
Select correct option:

CRUD operations
DURC operations
RUDC operations
CDUR operation
 The "extends" relationship is kind of a generalization specialization relationship.
Select correct option:

TRUE
FALSE
 
Question # 1 of 10 ( Start time: 04:00:12 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The Use case diagram does not show which actors interact with each use case
Select correct option:
TRUE
FALSE

Page 73
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 
Question # 2 of 10 ( Start time: 04:00:39 PM ) Total Marks: 1
There are some types of requirements that can not be documented in the use cases.
Select correct option:
TRUE
FALSE
 
Question # 3 of 10 ( Start time: 04:01:01 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Arranging information in tabular form makes it easy to read, understand and comprehend as
compared to streams of text.
Select correct option:
TRUE
FALSE

Quiz Start Time: 04:00 PM

Time Left 88
sec(s)
Question # 4 of 10 ( Start time: 04:01:25 PM ) Total Marks: 1
To construct a system model the engineer should consider one of the following restraining factors?
Select correct option:
assumptions and constraints
budget and expenses
data objects and operations
schedule and milestones
  
Question # 7 of 10 ( Start time: 04:03:01 PM ) Total Marks: 1
The best way to conduct a requirements validation review is to
Select correct option:
examine the system model for errors
have the customer look over the requirements
send them to the design team and see if they have any concerns
use a checklist of questions to examine each requirement
 
Question # 8 of 10 ( Start time: 04:04:04 PM ) Total Marks: 1
Data Flow diagram (DFD) does not capture control flow information, it just shows the flow of the
data in a system.
Select correct option:
TRUE
FALSE
  
Question # 9 of 10 ( Start time: 04:04:38 PM ) Total Marks: 1
GUI stands for:
Select correct option:
Genaric User Interface
Graphical User Interface
Genaric User Interaction
Graphical User Interaction
  
Question # 10 of 10 ( Start time: 04:05:00 PM ) Total Marks: 1
System models are built to allow the system engineer to evaluate the system components in
relationship to one another
Select correct option:

Page 74
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
True
False

Question:(36) Events occur whenever a(n)_________________

a) actor and the OO system exchange information (Answer)
b) class operation is invoked
c) messages are passed between objects
d)
Question:(37) The first step in any OOA process model is to
a) build an object-relationship model (Answer)
b) define collaborations between objects
c) elicit customer requirements
d)
Question:(38) Given below are some statements associated with data flow
diagrams. Identify the correct statement from among them
a) Flows of data can take place from a process to a sink
b) Data flow is made use of to model what systems do
c) Context diagram shows the major system processes.(Answer)
d)
Question:(39) A public Interface provides a way for with other Classes.
a) Communication
b) Accessibility (Answer)
c) Reaching
d)

Objective Questions
1. Global variables in C++ should always be referred to
by using the

1. :: operator

2. : operator

3. Without an operator

4. None of the given

Page 75
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
2. A life line represents the object's life during the
interaction in a sequence diagram while its notation
is depicted by ________.

1. Dotted Lines

2. Solid Lines

3. Curved Lines

4. Full Arrow

3. In the classical thin-client architecture, the entire

processing is carried-out by ________.

1. Single server

2. multiple servers

3. multiple servers

4. None of the given option

4. The idea behind exception handling is to raise some

error flag every time ________.

1. The code links

2. The code compiles

3. Memory is allocated

4. Something goes wrong

5. The raising of the imaginary error flag is simply

called raising or ________ an error.

1. Catching

2. Repress

Page 76
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 3. Casting

4. Throwing

6. In Collaboration diagrams, sequence of messaging is

shown by ________.

1. Numbering each message in an increasing order of

numeric value

2. Ordering of the messages in time

3. Vertical ordering of the messages

4. Horizontal ordering of the messages

7. Chip level testing for hardware is equivalent to

________.

1. System testing

2. Black Box

3. White Box

4. Unit testing

8. An arrow in Data Flow Diagram (DFD) represents

1. Direction of flow of data

2. Processing of data

3. External agent

4. Internal agent

9. While establishing the services for an object, the

following fundamental questions should be asked

1. Why does the system need this object any way?

Page 77
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 2. What useful questions can it answer?

3. What useful action can it perform?

4. All of the given.

10. "is" prefix should be used for ________

variables and methods.

1. General

2. Boolean

3. Constant

4. None of the given option

11. Exception handling is a powerful technique that

separates error-handling code from ________ code.

1. Normal

2. Faulty

3. Buggy

4. Complex

12. Software Engineering is the combination of

tools, techniques and ________.

1. Testing

2. Processes

3. Design

4. Maintenance

13. If Cat is derived from Mamal Class, and Mamal is

derived from Animal Class, then:

Page 78
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1. Cat will not ba able to access any class

2. Cat will inherit Animal's fubctions and data

3. Cat will not inherit Animal's fubctions and data

4. Cat is allowed to access only the Mamal's Class

14. Software ________ is the process of examining

the software product against its requirements.

1. Fixing

2. Debugging

3. Testing

4. Exception handling

15. Defining the services of an object means:

1. Whome it knows?

2. What it does?

3. What it knows?

4. Who knows it?

16. Function testing falls under ________ testing

technique.

1. Unit

2. White Box

3. Black Box

4. System

Page 79
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
17. A ________ relationship indicates that one
entity is composed of one or more parts which are
themselves instances of that or another entity.

1. Generalization

2. Specialization

3. Inheritance

4. Whole-part

18. A change becomes ________ because of close

presence of data and functions.

1. Accessible

2. Global

3. Private

4. Localized

19. In Data Flow Diagram (DFD), data flow can:

1. Only originate from an external entity

2. Only terminate in an external entity

3. Originate and terminate in an external entity

4. Either originate or terminate in an external entity but

not both

20. Which of the following is NOT among one of the

four layers of the Object Oriented (OO) design
pyramid

1. The subsystem layer

2. The message layer

Page 80
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 3. The class and object layer

4. The Abstract layer

21. For equivalence partitions, we divide the

problem in ________ obvious categories.

1. Two

2. Six

3. Five

4. Four

22. A self documenting code is a code that explains

itself without the need of comments and extraneous
documentation, like ________.

1. Flowcharts

2. UML diagrams

3. Process-flow state diagrams

4. All of the given

23. In ________ the analyst determines all the

sources of requirements and where do theses
requirements consume

1. Source and Sink Analysis

2. Down Parsing

3. Data Flow Analysis

4. Up Parsing

24. The expressions with logical operators can be

evaluated only from ________.

Page 81
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1. Right to left

2. Left to right

3. Top to bottom

4. Bottom to top

25. After integrating subsystems into a system, and

then testing this system as a whole is called

1. Unit testing

2. Component testing

3. System testing

4. Subsystem testing

26. The C/C++ language does not define the

alignment of items within

1. structures

2. classes

3. unions

4. All of the given options

27. The number ________ is the most abused

symbol in programs written in C or C++.

1. 1

2. 0

3. 2

4. 3

Page 82
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
28. A ________ is a variance from a desired product
attribute.

1. Exception

2. Error

3. Mistake

4. Defect

29. Use cases construction is a technique used for:

1. requirements determination

2. requirements structuring

3. user interface design

4. database design

30. The architecture components for product

engineering are

1. data, hardware, software, procedures

2. data, documentation, hardware, software

3. data, hardware, software, people

4. documentation, hardware, people, procedures

31. Be very careful when you use functions with

side effects - functions that change the values of the
________.

1. Structures

2. Variables

3. Classes

Page 83
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 4. Objects

32. In UML based Object Oriented model of a

system, the diamond sign is used to depict ________
relations between two objects/classes.

1. Composition and Aggregation

2. Aggregation and Association

3. Inheritance and Association

4. Composition, Aggregation and Association

33. The context diagram is used as the top level

abstraction in a ________ developed according to
principles of structured analysis.

1. Dataflow diagram

2. Activity Diagram

3. State Transition Diagram

4. USe Case Diagram

34. When an error is thrown the overall system (on

the lookout for this error flag) responds by ______
the error.

1. Ignoring

2. Casting

3. Catching

4. All of the given options

35. Performance, Security and maintainability are

the types of ________ requirements.

Page 84
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1. Business

2. Non-Functional

3. Domain

4. Functional

36. A context diagram is used

1. as an aid to system design

2. as the first step in developing a detailed DFD of a

system

3. in systems analysis of very complex systems

4. as an aid to programmers

37. The goal of ________ is to translate the

customer's desire for a set of defined capabilities
into a working product.

1. Electrical Engineering

2. Product Engineering

3. Mechanical Engineering

4. Hardware Engineering

38. Coupling is a measure of ________ of a module

or component.

1. Independence

2. Dependence

3. Aggregation

4. Composition
Page 85
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
39. A good program must contain ________
infeasible paths.

1. 1

2. 2

3. 0

4. infinite

40. The complexity of a program may ________ if

there are exceptional paths in it.

1. Remains same

2. Decrease

3. Increase

4. Cutback

41. Which indent size eliminates the chance of code

lines splitting?

1. 2

2. 4

3. 3

4. 6

42. Data cannot flow from one external entity to

other external entity because:

1. It will get corrupted

2. It is not allowed in DFD

3. An external entity has no mechanism to read or write

Page 86
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 4. Both are outside the context of the system

43. Consider the following statement:

int a,b=10;
Which of the following is correct:

1. Variable "b" is initialized to 10

2. variables can not be initialized this way

3. Variable "a" is initialized to 10

4. Both variables "a" and "b" are initialized to 10

44. More powerful hardware resulted into the

development of ________ powerful and ________
software.

1. more, complex

2. less, complex

3. more, simple

4. less, simple

45. Strong cohesion implies that:

1. All parts of a component have a close logical

relationship with each other.

2. All parts of a component do not have a close logical

relationship with each other.

3. Component is dynamic in nature

4. Component is static in nature

46. The three most important characteristics of an

object are:

Page 87
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1. Identity

2. State

3. Behavior

4. All of the given.

47. Return values in synchronous messages are:

1. Compulsory

2. represented by solid lines

3. Not used at all

4. May not used when response is obvious

48. System models include:

1. User business processes

2. User activities for conducting the business processes

3. Processes that need to be automated

4. All of the given

49. GOTO statements violate the idea of

1. object oriented code

2. structured code

3. control structure

4. repitition structure

50. Which of the following is not a possible server in

client server environment?

Page 88
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1. Database Server

2. Transaction Server

3. File Server

4. Time Server

51. The form for (;;) should be used for

1. nested loop

2. empty loop

3. more than 1000 iterations

4. less than 1000 iterations

52. Which one is used to describe flow of data or

control in an application

1. Class diagram

2. Use case diagram

3. Flow Chart

4. None of the given option

53. In use case diagram, an ellipse signifies a(n):

1. actor

2. class

3. use case

4. system boundary

54. The formula for calculating the Cyclomatic

Complexity of a program is:

Page 89
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1. E + N + 2

2. E- N - 2

3. E - N + 2

4. N - E + 2

55. ________ requirements cause frequent

modifications in user interface.

1. Functional

2. Non-functional

3. Unstable

4. User

56. An external entity that interacts with a system

is called a(n):

1. association

2. stakeholder

3. use case

4. actor

57. Testing individual components independent of

other components is called:

1. Unit testing

2. Module testing

3. System testing

4. Subsystem testing

Page 90
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
58. The size of ________ plays a significant role in
making the program easy or difficult to understand.

1. function

2. object

3. data type

4. None of the given option

59. A ________ is not the real product but just a

real looking mock-up of what would be eventually
delivered.

1. Software

2. Test Case

3. Program

4. Prototype

60. Different messages in sequence diagrams

includes:

1. Notify

2. Both Simple and Asynchronous

3. Asynchronous

4. Simple

61. There are some types of requirements that can

not be documented in the use cases.

1. True

2. False

Page 91
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
62. ________ diagram does not capture control
flow information, it just shows the flow of the data in
a system.

1. Sequence

2. Data Flow

3. Activity

4. Class

63. The greatest advantage of exception handling is

its ability to handle:

1. Asynchronous errors

2. Syntax errors

3. Memory errors

4. Control Structure errors

64. Which of the following sentence is true

regarding user interface design?

1. The simpler the interface, the efficient is the system.

2. The higher the response time, the better is the

interface.

3. GUI interfaces are good for all tasks which a user

needs to perform at an interface.

4. Commabd-line interfaces are faster for some tasks

which the user needs to perform.

65. Complex expressions:

1. Make the code easy to modify

Page 92
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 2. Make the code difficult to modify

3. Make the code easy to understand

4. Does not effect understandablity

66. In the case of action-oriented approach, data is

decomposed according to:

1. Object requirements

2. Functionality requirements

3. Corresponding domain model

4. Compatibility with object interface

67. ________ is a technique that can be used to

reduce customer dissatisfaction at requirement
stage.

1. Analysis

2. Negotiation

3. Prototyping

4. GUI

68. ________ is a technique in which we construct

a model of an entity based upon its essential
characteristics and ignore the inessential details.

1. Inheritance

2. Polymorphism

3. Aggregation

4. Abstraction

Page 93
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
69. Class variables should never be declared public.
Public variables violate which of the following:

1. Information hiding

2. Encapsulation

3. Information hiding and Encapsulation

4. None of the given

70. In order to make a code more portable, Instead

of using vendor specific language extensions, use
________ as much as possible.

1. STL

2. CMMI

3. ISO

4. ANSI

71. The three basic principles that guide

maintainability are:
(a) clarity
(b) enhancement
(c) flexibility
(d) simplicity

1. (a), (b) and (c)

2. (a), (c) and (d)

3. (b), (c) and (d)

4. All of the given.

72. A DFD is normally levelled (adding more levels

of abstraction) as

Page 94
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1. it is a good idea in design

2. it is recommended by many experts

3. it is easyto do it

4. it is easier to read and understand a number of

smaller DFDs than one large DFD

73. System ________ are built to allow the System

Engineer to evaluate the system components in
relationship to one another.

1. Requirements

2. Documents

3. Models

4. Test Cases

74. The order in which bytes of one word are stored

is ________ dependent.

1. hardware

2. syntax

3. language

4. software

75. Comma ( , ) is very dangerous because

________.

1. It causes side effects

2. Compiler does not recognize this symbol

3. It does not cause side effects

Page 95
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 4. It creates linkage problem

76. The focus of sequence diagrams is:

1. On object constraints

2. On static Model of system

3. On objects/classes and messages exchanged among

them

4. on the flow of Control

77. The criteria used to assess the quality of an

architectural design should be based on system

1. functionality

2. accessibility and reliability

3. implementation details

4. data and control

78. The method of dividing and assigning different

portions of a large system to different groups for
construction is called ________.

1. Work Basic Structure

2. Working Boundary Structure

3. Work Breakdown Structure

4. Work Breakdown System

79. Software Design discusses ________ aspect of

software development.

1. What

Page 96
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 2. How

3. When

4. Who

80. The Use case diagram does not show which

actors interact with each use case

1. True

2. False

81. The system specification describes the

1. function and behavior of a computer-based system

2. implementation of each allocated system element

3. algorithmic detail and data structures

4. time required for system simulation

82. The modules that interact with each other

through message passing have ________.

1. High Cohesion

2. Low Cohesion

3. High Coupling

4. Low Coupling

83. Which type of testing is not concerned with how

the inputs are transformed into outputs?

1. White Box

2. Gray Box

Page 97
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 3. Black Box

4. All of the given options

84. ________ and ________ are two important

tools that helps in managing the program
complexity.

1. Composition, Inheritance

2. Abstraction, Encapsulation

3. Aggregation, Inheritance

4. Modularity, Composition

85. x = 0; // x is floating pt
Which written form of above line of code is more in
line with the self-documentation philosophythan the
code above.

1. x= false

2. x = NULL

3. x = 0.0;

4. x = '\0'

86. Some bit field members are stored: I) left to

right II) right to left III) in circular array

1. only (I) is true

2. Only (II) is true

3. Both (I) and (II) are true

4. Only (III) is true

Page 98
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
87. In data flow diagram (DFD), Create, Update,
Delete and Read operations are normally called:

1. DURC operations

2. CDUR operation

3. RUDC operations

4. CRUD operations

88. Prototyping is used when there is ________

regarding requirements.

1. Confirmation

2. Consensus

3. Uncertainty

4. Conflict

89. Objective of ________ is to show that the

program does not work.

1. Requirements

2. Design

3. coding

4. testing

90. Code should not be:

1. commented

2. indented

3. cryptic

Page 99
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 4. aligned

91. Performance, Security and maintainability are

the types of ________ requirements.

1. Business

2. Non-Functional

3. Domain

4. Functional

92. In Data Flow Diagram, the entity or system,

outside the boundary of this system is called

1. Process

2. Data Flow

3. External Agent

4. Data Store

93. Transactions are the ________ that must be

remembered through time.

1. Triggers

2. Events

3. Methods

4. Actions

94. When a small set of functions (which use each

other) is so overwhelmingly the bottleneck, there are
two alternatives:

1. use a better algorithm OR re-write the code

Page 100
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 2. debug the code OR place assertions in code

3. remove the functions OR add more functions

4. changed programming language OR compiler at least

95. A use case represents:

1. a class, its attributes and operations.

2. an operation’s interface and signature.

3. the role a user plays when interacting with the

system.

4. the system’s functionality for a particular purpose.

96. Verification and validation are the processes in

which we check a product against its ________ and
the ________ of the users who will be using it

1. statements, expectations

2. specifications, expectations

3. specifications , arguments

4. statements, arguments

97. Exception handling provides:

1. Portability mechanism

2. Code Usability mechanism

3. Error Handling mechanism

4. Both Portability & Code Usability mechanism

98. ________ Testing of system is not possible

Page 101
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1. Black Box

2. White Box

3. Exhaustive

4. None of the given options

99. ________ is one of the techniques to document

domain knowledge.

1. State transition diagram

2. Feasibility matrix

3. System matrix

4. None of the given

100. ________ structure represents the internal

organization of the various data and control items.

1. Value

2. Data

3. Information

4. Conceptual

101. ________ is an extremely powerful technique

for dealing with complexity.

1. Aggregation

2. Abstraction

3. Inheritance

4. Association

Page 102
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 102. In UML based Object Oriented model of a
system, a composition relation between two objects
is shown by a ________ sign on the Whole side of a
relation line.

1. A filled diamond

2. A dot

3. An unfilled diamond

4. A half arrowhead

103. The intent of Object Oriented Analysis (OOA) is

to define:

1. All classes

2. Relationships among classes

3. Behavior of classes

4. All of the given.

1. In a................., each program module is represented by a rectangular box.

Use case diagram 33
Class diagram
Document flow
diagram Data flow
diagram
2 is a diagramming technique used to identify the types of objects in the system
and the static relationships that exist among them?
Class Diagram
Document flow diagrams
Data flow diagrams
Flow charts
3. Which one is NOT a type of messages which Sequence Diagrams Depict
Synchronous
Synchronous
Create
Update 108
4. Identifying Whole-Part structures (Aggregations) means, what are my ----------------

Page 103
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Components 95
Structures
Modules
Interaction Protocols
5. The design process for identifying the sub-systems making up a system and the
framework for sub-system control and communication is:
Architectural Design 115
Interface Design
Component Design
Data Design
6. A complex System evolves from a
Smaller system
Simpler system 69
Bigger system
Medium system

7. A context diagram
Describes the context dependencies of a system

Page 104
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Is a DFD which gives an overview of the system
31 Is a detailed description of a system?
Is not used in drawing a detailed DFD
8. When measure of independence of a module or component is low to the other,
How would changes in one component have effect on other component?
No Low
71
High
Equal
9. What is meant by the term ‘software crisis’? Ability
to deliver software on time with good quality
A situation in which experienced developers leave the company
Inability of new software to inter-operate with existing
software
A situation in which large scale software projects took more time and budget than
was planned
10. Which is not included in test criteria applied in a phase of testing?
Functional validity
Interface integrity
Correctness
Programing
Logic
11. For inspections,-----------------are prepared that contain information regarding defects.
Tables
Checklists 210
Lists
Frames
12. Static analyzers are software tools for-------------------processing.
Analysis text Source
text 211 Design
text Maintenance
Text
13. Holistic medicine, concerns itself with the state of the body as a whole, not the -----------
that is currently attacking it.
Target
Reason Disease
224 Source
14. What factor has no precipitation in more sophisticated and complex computer-based
systems?
Vast use of personal computers.
Vast increases in computer memory and storage
capacity. Greater variety of exotic input/output
options.
Profound changes in computer architectures.
15. Software Bugs have multiple names. Which one of the below is not the name of Software
Bugs?

Page 105
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Bugs
Defects
Errors
Mistakes 213
16. Unit testing is roughly equivalent to testing for hardware in which each chip is
tested thoroughly after manufacturing.

Page 106
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Circuit level
Chip Level

207 Component
level System
level

17. Equivalence help you in designing test cases to test the system effectively and
efficiently.
Functions
Classes 202
Objects
Interfaces
18-are used to describe flow of data or control in an application. Code
structures
String matching.
Paths
Flow graphs 203
19. Writing test cases and generating test data are processes that demand building
capabilities.
Domain
System
Scenario 198
Code
20. The raising of the imaginary error flag is simply called raising or an error.
Throwing 187
Sending
Casting
Handling
21. requirements are often called product features.
Functional
Business 22
User
Non-functional

22. Many compilers limit the maximum number of bits in the bit field to the size of a(n)
.
Integer 183
Float
Character
Double
23. In Java, ">>" is used for shift and ">>>" for shift.
Arithmetic, Logical 181
Mathematical, Logical
Incremental,
Arithmetic Logical,

Page 107
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 Arithmetic
24. When large amount of data is to be shared, repository model is used. This model has been
extensively used in the based application.
Mainframe 130
Super Computers
Personal
Computers Real
time

Page 108
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 25. There are four basic coding structures: sequence, if statement, case statement, and
. For loop
While loop 203
Switch statement
Logical
operations
26. is only a reference for defining protocols and designing and implementing
systems developed by different parties.
OSI model
Reference architecture

137 Layered architecture

N-tier architecture
27. The pattern movement became very quiet until when patterns appeared again at
OOPSLA conference.
1987 141
1988
1962
1995
28. STL Stands for
. Standard Temporary Line
Standard Temporary Library
Standard Template Library 141
Standard Type Link
29. MVC stands for .
Modern View Center
Model View Controller 143
Modern View Controller
Model View Center
30. ensures that a class only has one instance and provides a global point of access to it.
Singleton Pattern 145
Observer Pattern
Behavioral
Pattern Joint
Pattern
31. Which design pattern provides a unified interface to a set of interfaces in a sub-system?
Façade 146
Singleton
Observer
Joint
32. Testing activities require destructive instincts in for the purpose of breaking
system to discover loopholes into its functionality.
Bug Fixers
Tester 198
Developer Requirement
Engineer
33. Camel Case is now the official convention for file names and identifiers in the

Page 109
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
programming language.
C#
C++
Java 152

Page 110
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Visual Basic.Net
34. In presence of bug in a program, the results are the opposite of what is
expected.
Memory Leak
Memory Over-
runs Syntax Error
Logical Error 221
35. Split lines occur when a statement exceed the column limit.
80 158
90
95
85
36. Identifier names play a significant role in enhancing the of a program.
Writability
Readability 151
Reliability
Usability
37. "is" prefix should be used for variables and methods.
Static
General
Boolean 155
Constant
38. Comments should be indented relative to their position in the .
Code 165
Design Analysis
Requirements
39. Modularity is a tool that can help us in the size of individual functions.
Stabilizing
Reducing 173
Increasing
Strengthening
40. When planning for performance, one should always remember the rule.
80/20 180
70/20
60/20
100/20
41. Suppose you are working as a software engineer involved in the development of an e-
commerce website.
What are the 2 most important characteristics your software must have? 2 marks
42. Name any two standards which are being used by C/C++ for writing programs. 2 marks
43. Which other technique along with testing should we use for increasing the effectiveness of
defect removal efficiency in a project ? 2marks
44. What do you understand by term "self-documenting code"?2 marks
45. Briefly describe a business process diagram (at least 3 lines): 3marks
46. How does software differ from the artifacts produced by other engineering disciplines ? 3
marks
47. What is Exception handling? 3marks
48. In which scenario, short circuiting is used? 3marks
49. Rewrite the following code by following General naming conventions for C++

Page 111
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 1) int fileprefix;
2) const int max_iterations;
3) int getmaxiterations() { ... }
4) template<class t>
5) private int length; 05 marks
50. “A manufacturing company assembles the fans. For this purpose it purchases the raw
material containing wires, motors, wings, and magnets. It then assembles the fans from these
products”.
From above case study, identify different objects that, you think, should be present in
final implementation of system.
Note: you can use any methodology to identify the objects. 5marks
51. Discuss the importance of software debugging. 5marks
52. Exceptions do increase the code complexity. Explain this with the help of an example.
5marks

1. Which of the items listed below is NOT one of the software engineering
layers? Tools
Process
Manufacturin
g Methods
02. Which of the following is a non-functional requirement of a website which sells songs? A
catalogue of the stock needs to be available for the users to choose from
Customer information should be retained to allow future transactions easier
Users should be able to choose from a set of different languages for the
interface Time taken to download songs in the catalogue should not
irritate users
03. The state transition diagram Depicts
relationships between data objects Depicts
functions that transform the data flow
Indicates how data are transformed by the system
Indicates system reactions to external events
04. Control flow diagrams are:
Needed to model event driven systems
Required for all systems
Used in place of data flow diagrams
Useful for modeling user
interfaces
05. Prototyping
Ensures getting the design right the first time
Is the execution of the standard systems development cycle using CASE
tools. Is used to verify if a key process is feasible
Involves an iterative development process with minimum end use involvement.
06. Identifying Whole-Part structures (Aggregations) means, what are my -------------
Components
Structures

98
Page 112
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Modules
Interaction Protocols
07. Software architecture is "The of the components of a program/system, their
interrelationships, and principles and guidelines governing their design and evolution over
time".
Combination
Collection

Page 113
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Structure 120
Unification
08. The object-behavior model indicates how the system
Functions in the operating environment
Objects collaborate with one another
Responds to external stimuli
Responds to internal stimuli
09. Perry and Wolfe proposed the following formula for software architecture:
Software architecture = {Forms, Rationale}
Software architecture = {Elements, Forms, Rationale}
125 Software architecture = {Parts, Rationale}
Software architecture = {Parts, Elements}
10. Repository model also provides the-------------------------view of the system.
Global 130
Local
General
Private
11. In the case of zero-install, the network environment is used to server side
processing by adding a number of servers which share processing load.
Distribute 133
Centeralize
Shift
De-Synchronize
12. Requirement Statement and Requirement Specification are also called Requirement
Definition and
Functional Specification 28
Mathematical specification
System Specification
Cost Specification
13. Which of the following is not a fundamental structured programming construct?
Recursion
Condition
Repetition
Sequence
14. For equivalence partitions, we divide the problem in----------------obvious categories of
equal strings 4
3
2 202
5
15.Which is not included in test criteria applied in a phase of testing?
Functional validity
Interface integrity
Correctness
Programing
Logic
16. Static analyzers are software tools for-------------------processing.
Analysis text
Page 114
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Source text 214
Design text
Maintainence
Text

Page 115
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 17. The first “bug” was actually a moth, which flew through an open window and into one of the
Mark---------------'s relays.
II 216
I III
IV
18. Holistic medicine, concerns itself with the state of the body as a whole, not the -----------
that is currently attacking it.
Target
Reason
Disease
Source
19. Bugs Fixing is done by which of the teams in Software Development lifecycle?
Development Team
Testing Team not
sure Analysis & Design Team
Process Team
20. Which of the following testing involve purely black box testing?
Unit testing, Beta testing
Acceptance testing, Interface testing
Beta testing, Acceptance testing
Integration testing, Interface
testing
21. A memory leak bug is one in which memory is somehow allocated from either the operating
system or an--------------------------"pool", but never deallocated when the memory is finished
being used. External
memory Mixed
memory
Internal Memory 219
Mutually exculive memory
22. Equivalence help you in designing test cases to test the system effectively and
efficiently.
Functions
Classes 202
Objects
Interfaces
23 are used to describe flow of data or control in an application. Code
structures
String matchings
Paths
Flow graphs 203
24. requirements are often called product features.
Functional
Business
User
Non-functional
25. In Java, ">>" is used for shift and ">>>" for shift.
Arithmetic, Logical

Page 116
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Mathematical, Logical
Incremental,
Arithmetic Logical,
Arithmetic

Page 117
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 26. When large amount of data is to be shared, repository model is used. This model has been
extensively used in the based application.
Mainframe 130
Super Computers
Personal
Computers Real
time
27. Idea of zero install architecture is to develop a system where no installation on the
is needed.
Client side 133
Server Side
Client & Server Side
Network
28. is only a reference for defining protocols and designing and implementing
systems developed by different parties.
OSI model
Reference architecture 137
Layered architecture
N-tier architecture
29. Description of communicating objects and classes that are customized to solve a general
design in a particular context is called .
Design Pattren 140
System Pattren
System Design
Design System
30. Which of the following is the correct formula for calculating cyclomatic complexity of a
program ?
V-N+2E
-V+2
E-N+2 208
E+N–2
31. In unit testing, developers test code units (modules, classes, etc.) during
implementation.
Other's
Their own 210
Mixed code of people
Hidden
32. Performance & Usability are examples of requirements.
Business
Functional
Non-Functional 213
User
33. Which of the following is the correct definition for software testing ?
The process of demonstrating that errors are not present
The process of establishing confidence that a program does what it is supposed
to do The process of executing a program to show it is working as per
specifications
The process of executing a program with the intent of finding errors
Page 118
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 34. The code is misbehaving in a way that cannot be easily explained.
The above statement is the symptom of .
Runtime Error

Page 119
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Logical Error 221
Memory Leak
Exception
35. Secondary private classes can be declared as and reside in the file of the class
they belong to.
Asynchronous Classes
Inner classes

158
Outer classes
Synchronous
classes
36. Split lines occur when a statement exceed the column limit.
80 158
90
95
85
37. Identifier names play a significant role in enhancing the of a program.
Writability
Readability 151
Reliability
Usability
38. Names representing methods and functions should be and written in mixed case
starting with case.
Noun, Lower
Noun, Upper 153
Verb, Upper
Verb,
Lower
39. "is" prefix should be used for variables and methods.
Static
General
Boolean 155
Constant
40. If you are initializing a variable at the time of declaration, do not declare another
in the same statement.
Variable 179
Object
Class
Module
41. Consider the following statement:
“A basket contains 2 Apples and 3 bananas”.

What is the relationship between basket and fruits (apples and bananas) 02marks
42. What issue can arise if code is written without keeping the portability factor in mind ?02
43. Which four techniques should be applied in parallel to attain maximum defect removal
effeciency ? 02

Page 120
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
44. How names representing abbreviations and acronyms should be described in coding style
guide? 02
45. What is Textual Analysis? Explain it.03
46. Discus the symptoms of Memory and Resource Leak bug class. 03
47. Write any two guidelines for developing equivalence partitioning. 03

Page 121
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 48. When a small set (a couple of functions) of functions which use each other is so
overwhelmingly the bottleneck, there are two alternatives. Write down at least one of
them.03
49. Using the architecture of a house or building as a metaphor, draw a comparison with
software architecture.
50. Discus the symptoms and an example of Loop errors bug class. 5
51. In Intel architecture, the lowest byte is the most significant byte while in Motorola
architecture the highest byte of a word is the most significant one.
Discuss how the above mentioned factor affects portability of program 05

52. Which of the following is/are example of cryptic code? x

*= a;
subkey = subkey >> (bitoff – (bitoff >> 3) <<
3)); a = a >> 2;.
FINALTERM EXAMINATION

1. A change becomes---------------because of close presence of data and fucntions

Localized
Private
Global
Accessibl
e
2. Which of the following is NOT an objective for building an analysis model?
Develop an abbreviated solution for the problem
Establish basis for software design
Define set of software
requirements Describe customer
requirements
3. Data flow diagrams are used to handle processes involved in
Business Process Transformation
Flow of data 53
Flow of information
Cost estimation
4. The first most important step in developing any system is to identify
Purpose of the system
Implementation of the system
Design of the system
Architecture of the system not sure ☺
5. Software Architecture is all about
Requirements gathering
Design not conform
Coding
Testing
06. Dynamic components of an OOA model are
Not reusable
Sensitive to timing and event processing
Stable throughout the operational life of an

Page 122
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 application Structural in nature
7. UML (unified modeling language) analysis modeling focuses on the .
Behavioral model and environment model.
Behavioral model and implementation
model. User model and environmental
model

Page 123
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
User model and structural model
8. Perry and Wolfe proposed the following formula for software architecture:
Software architecture = {Forms, Rationale}
Software architecture = {Elements, Forms,
Rationale} Software architecture = {Parts,
Rationale}
Software architecture = {Parts, Elements}
9.Repository model also provides the-------------------------view of the system
Global 130
Local
General
Private
10. Which of the below is NOT a part of Architectural styles?
Data Center architecture
Client Server Architecture
Hirerical Architercture 129
Layered Architecture
11. Consider the following scenario:
“Student logins the system and checks his/her lecture schedule”

Keeping in mind the use case diagram, and above scenario the one of the post
conditions might be:
Student should have a login
System should be
available
Student should log-off after checking schedule
Lecture schedule should be displayed date
wise
12. When measure of independence of a module or component is low to the other,
How would changes in one component have effect on other component?
No Low
High
Equal
13. One of the most powerful features of exception handling is that an error can be ----------
over function boundaries.
Thrown 187
Called back
Caught
Sent
14. What is the normal order of activities in which software testing is organized?
Unit, integration, system, validation
System, integration, unit, validation
Unit, integration, validation,
system Integration, unit, system,
validation
15. Two tests are considered to be equivalent if it is believed that: if one discovers a defect, the

Page 124
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 other probably will too, and if one does not discover a defect,
--.
The other probably may
The other probably
can
The other probably won’t either 202
The other probably will
16. For equivalence partitions, we divide the problem in----------------obvious categories of
equal strings

Page 125
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
4
3
2
5
17. In---------------testing we test the structure of the program.
White Box 201
Black Box
System
Regression
18. Static analyzers are software tools for-------------------processing.
Analysis text Source
text

214
Design text
Maintainence
Text
19. Unit testing is roughly equivalent to testing for hardware in which each chip is
tested thoroughly after manufacturing.
Circuit level
Chip Level 210
Component level
System level
20.A SRS is said to be if and only if, every requirement stated therein has
only one interpretation.
Compact
Unambiguou
s Consistant
Detailed
21. In Java, ">>" is used for shift and ">>>" for shift
Arithmetic, Logical
Mathematical, Logical
Incremental,
Arithmetic Logical,
Arithmetic
22. A(n) is a variance from a desired product attribute
Error
Exception Defect

195
Mistake
23. st cases should be generated for unit testing and system testing during .
Testing and maintenance respectively
Requirement analysis
Design and requirement analysis respectively
Coding and design respectively
Page 126
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 24. a of zero install architecture is to develop a system where no installation on the is
needed.
Client side 133
Server Side
Client & Server Side
Network
25. is NOT a layer of operating system.
Core layer
Application layer

Page 127
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Presentation layer

136 UI layer
26.patterns are devices that allow programs to share knowledge about their
. Design 140
Code
Analysis
Testing
27. Which design pattern provides a unified interface to a set of interfaces in a sub-system?
Façade 146
Singleton
Observer
Joint
28. In unit testing, developers test code units (modules, classes, etc.) during
implementation.
Other's
Their own 210
Mixed code of people
Hidden
29Inspections cannot check
characteristics. Non-
Functioanl. 213
Business User
Functional
30. Performance & Usability are examples of requirements.
Business
Functional
Non-Functional 213
User
31. Inspections may be applied to any representation of the system which may include all
except .
Requirements
Design
Testing
Analysis 213
32. Debuggers can be used to display values of .
local variables only
global variables
only static variables
only
both local and global variables 229
33. The code is misbehaving in a way that cannot be easily explained.
The above statement is the symptom of .
Runtime Error
Logical Error 221
Memory Leak
Exception
Page 128
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 34. Ideally speaking, a function should not be larger than lines of code and in any
case should not exceed one page in length.
20 150
15
30

Page 129
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
25
35. CamelCase is now the official convention for file names and identifiers in the
programming language.
C#
C++
Java 152
Visual Basic.Net
36. Split lines occur when a statement exceed the column limit.
80
90
95
85
37.The construction should appear at the of the header file
Top 160
Bottom
Left
Right
38. Identifier names play a significant role in enhancing the of a program.
Writability
Readability
Reliability
Usability
39. One of the guidelines to avoid common mistakes is to never use except for declar
, lectr 33or 34
;
=
||
40. When planning for performance, one should always remember the rule.
80/20
70/20
60/20
100/20
41. E = Number of Edges = 8
N = Number of Nodes = 6
Using the above measures, calculate the cyclomatic complexity, V(G) of Graph G. 02
42. What do you understand by the term System Downtime ? 02
43. If a class uses most of the methods and most of the data members most of the time
defined in that class. Then class is having high cohesion or high coupling ?2
44. Conditional expression with negation is always difficult to understand while writing
code. Give an example.2
45. Define (Be specific) the following following terms:
1) Program
2) Data
3) Documentation 03
46. Describe three coverage schemes related to white box testing. 3
47. Why Special characters like TAB and Page Break must be avoided.? Explain3
48. Do you agree or not that the use of do - while loops should be avoided. Give solid
reason?3
49. Consider the following examples:

Page 130
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
After playing games/watching shows/engaging in your hobby for X number of hours,
your enjoyment level decreases.
After eating X amount of food, your satisfaction of the additional food becomes
lesser. Every additional unit of fertilizer generates a different increase in yield.
The first few units probably gives a burst in yield compared to without fertilizer.
After that, adding more fertilizer will still give more yield, but at a decreasing
rate.

From the above examples, which Law of Economics comes to your

mind? Discuss Software Engineering case by applying that law.
05.
50. Discus the symptoms and an example of logical error bug class. 5.
51. Being a software tester, what do you think would be the software testing objectives?
Also which test will you call a successful test ? 05
52. Below are two programming terms. You are required to write their uses with at least one
example.
get/set
is prefix 05.

FINALTERM EXAMINATION
CS-504-Software Engineering
1. Following are some statements associated with data flow diagrams. Identify the correct
statement from among them.
DFDs are used to model complex interfaces.
DFDs are used to represent only functional processing, data stores and data
movements between functions.
DFDs depict only processes which can be decomposed.
DFDs do not show external data sources and external data sinks.
2. A project is considered successful if:
The system was delivered in time and within budget.
The system meets at least some of the customer’s requirements.
The system development process has a maximum impact on the ongoing business
process. Minimum time was spent for requirement gathering and designing.
3. A process which does not take input is called
Miracle process Core
process
Secondary
process Zombie
process
4. Data Flow Diagrams
Replace the job of systems analysts
Do not allow every function to work at the same time.
Can be automatically generated by computer aided software engineering
tools Describes how data flows from one logical processing unit to
another
5. In a............., each program module is represented by a rectangular box.

Page 131
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Use case diagram
Document flow
diagram Class diagram
Data flow diagram
6. Identify the correct description.
The collection of use cases for a system constitutes all the defined ways the system
may be used.
UML stands for Unified Markup Language

Page 132
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
State transition diagrams are drawn for objects with no significant dynamic
behavior. Object Model depicts the dynamic behavior of system
7. Dynamic components of an OOA model are
Not reusable
Sensitive to timing and event processing
Stable throughout the operational life of an
application Structural in nature
8. To determine the architectural style or combination of styles that best fits the proposed
system, requirements engineering is used to uncover:
Algorithmic complexity
Characteristics and
constraints Control and data
Design patterns
9. Krutchen’s 4+1 architectural view model proposes the development of main views
5 125
4
3
2
10. Repository model also provides the-------------------------view of the system.
Global
Local
General
Private
11. Client server model tries to data and processing.
Distribute 130
Centralize Process in
parallel Combine
12. We can divide the whole Software Engineering process in 4 distinct phases namely
vision, definition, development, and maintenance.
Which of the following is not among “Definition related” activities of software
development? Requirement verification
Change Control not sure
☺ Requirement Engineering
Software Requirements
13. What is meant by the term ‘software crisis’?
Ability to deliver software on time with good quality
A situation in which experienced developers leave the company
Inability of new software to inter-operate with existing
software
A situation in which large scale software projects took more time and budget than
was planned
14. Which of the following are external qualities of a software product?
Maintainability, reusability, portability, efficiency, correctness
Correctness, reliability, robustness, efficiency, usability
Portability, interoperability, maintainability, reusability
Robustness, efficiency, reliability, maintainability,
reusability
Page 133
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 15. Which writing style is best regarding identifier role in enhancing the readability of a
program?
If (Flag = = 0)
If (Flag = = START_NUMBER)

Page 134
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
If (Z = =
START_NUMBER) If
(Z= =0)
16. A useful technique for evaluating the overall complexity of a proposed architecture is to look
at the component
Number and size of components
Flow dependencies and sharing dependencies
Size and cost
Algorithms used
17. For equivalence partitions, we divide the problem in----------------obvious categories of
equal strings 4
3
2
5
18. In---------------testing we test the structure of the program.
White Box
Black Box
System
Regression
19. Which is not included in test criteria applied in a phase of testing?
Functional validity
Interface integrity
Correctness
Programing
Logic
20. Inspections can check conformance with a specification but not conformance with the ---
----------requirements.
Customer's real

213
Developer
Tester
Manger
21. Static analyzers are software tools for-------------------processing.
Analysis text Source
text Design text
Maintenance
Text
22. Holistic medicine, concerns itself with the state of the body as a whole, not the -----------
that is currently attacking it.
Target
Reason
Disease
Source
23. Software deteriorates rather than wears out because
Software suffers from exposure to hostile environments
Page 135
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Defects are more likely to arise after software has been used often
Multiple change requests introduce errors in component
interactions Software spare parts become harder to order
24. Testing is an intellectually demanding activity and has a lifecycle--------------to software
development.
Equal
Parallel 198

Page 136
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Sequential In
contrast
25. A memory leak bug is one in which memory is somehow allocated from either the operating
system or an--------------------------"pool", but never deallocated when the memory is finished
being used. Mixed
memory
External
memory
Internal Memory 219
Mutually exculive
memory
26. are used to describe flow of data or control in an application.
Code structures
String matchings
Paths
Flow graphs 203
27. Writing test cases and generating test data are processes that demand building
capabilities.
Code
Domain
System
Scenario
28. What types of errors are missed by black-box testing and can be uncovered by white- box
testing?
Runtime errors Logic
errors
Performance
errors Input errors
29. The cyclomatic complexity metric provides the designer with information regarding the
number of .
Statements in the program
Cycles in the program
Errors in the program
Independent logic paths in the program 207
30. The best reason for using Independent software test teams is that
Software developers do not need to do any testing
Strangers will test the software mercilessly
Testers do not get involved with the project until testing begins
The conflicts of interest between developers and testers is
reduced
31. is intended to define a many to many relationship between objects so that when one
object changes state all its dependants are notified and updated automatically.
Observer Pattren
Facade Pattren
Singleton
Pattren Joint

Page 137
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 Pattren
32. ensures that a class only has one instance and provides a global point of access to it.
Behavioral Pattern Joint
Pattern Singleton
Pattern 145 Observer
Pattern
33. Inspections cannot check characteristics.

Page 138
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Non-Functioanl 213
Business User
Functional
34. Secondary private classes can be declared as and reside in the file of the class
they belong to.
Asynchronous Classes
Inner classes 158
Outer classes
Synchronous
classes
35. The construction should appear at the of the header file.
Top
Bottom
Left
Right
36. In the switch statement, cases should always end with .
Return Semi
colon
Break 170
Full stop
37. Modularity is a tool that can help us in the size of individual functions.
Stabilizing
Reducing 173
Increasing
Strengthening
38. Abstraction and encapsulation are two important tools that can help in managing and
mastering the of a program.
Usability
Complexity 173
Understandability
Reliability
39. One of the guidelines to avoid common mistakes is to never use except for
declaration.
,
;
=
||
40. Which of the following is/are NOT one of the umbrella activities?
Requirement analysis
Architecture design Test
case development
All of the given options 14
41. Early design decision can vary in software development. Do you agree or not ? Justify
your choice 2.
42. Name any two standards which are being used by C/C++ for writing programs. 2
43. Write qualitative benefits of unit testing. 2
44. Do you agree that multilevel commenting is not supported in C++ and Java? 2
45. Briefly describe a business process diagram (at least 3 lines): 3
Page 139
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
46. What are static analyzers? 3
47. Write one advantage and one disadvantage of using bit fields in writing the code.3

Page 140
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 48. Why the use of do_while loops should be avoided ? 3
49. Suppose you were analyzing a Requirement statement, How will you determine that an object belongs to a certain
class? 05
50. Discus the symptoms and an example of Loop errors bug class. 5
51. In Intel architecture, the lowest byte is the most significant byte while in Motorola architecture the highest byte of
a word is the most significant one.
Discuss how the above mentioned factor affects portability of program. 05
52. Which of the following are correct with reference to the abbreviation rules of naming convention?
We should always write: command instead of
cmd copy instead of cp initialize instead of
init
html instead of HypertextMarkupLanguage cpu instead of Central
Processing Unit 05

CS504-Softwere Engineering -1 Nov 12,2011

LATEST SOLVED MCQS FROM
MIDTERM PAPERS

MC100401285 [email protected] [email protected] Latest Mcqs

Page 141
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 Page 142
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 MIDTERM EXAMINATION 2010
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
By following modern system engineering practices simulation of reactive systems is no longer necessary
► True
► False click here for detail

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The state transition diagram
► depicts relationships between data objects
► depicts functions that transform the data flow
► indicates how data are transformed by the system
► indicates system reactions to external events click here for detail

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Control flow diagrams are
► needed to model event driven systems. Click here for detail
► required for all systems
► used in place of data flow diagrams
► useful for modeling user interfaces

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A change becomes----------------because of close presence of data and functions
► Localized (page 81)
► Private
► Global
► Accessible

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A complex System evolves from a
► smaller system page 83 click here for detail
► medium sysetem
► bigger system
► non of the given

Page 143
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Coupling is a measure of------------------of a module or component.
► Independent (Page 71)
► Dependent
► Closeness
► All of the given

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Software Maintenance phase involves
► Debugging
► Adding new features
► making changes
► all of the given click here for detail

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The hardest single part of building a software system is deciding precisely ----------- to build.
► what (Page 17)
► How
► When
► Why

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Interaction Diagrams depict the-----------------Behavior of the system
► Static
► Dynamic (Page 106)
► Active
► Non of the above

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In Sequence Diagrams the time required by the receiver object to process the message is denoted by an---
-----
► Activation Box (Page 108)
► Simple Box
► Arrow
► Non of the above

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A poorly designed interface can cause a user to make catastrophic errors is one of the motivations for
GUI.
► True (Page 62)
► False

Page 144
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Identifying System Features include ------

► log important information

► conduct business
► analyze business results
► all of the above (Page 98)

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Establishing responsibilities for objects
includes
► Generalization Relationships
► Specialization Relationships
► all of the above (Page 86)
► identifying Association relationships

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following is a fact finding
method?
► Site visits
► Prototyping
► Study of similar systems
► All of given
Seven common fact-finding methods (Sampling, Research, Observation, Questionnaires, Interviews, Prototyping, Joint
Requirements Planning) are introduced as a means to discover requirements.

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Windows mobile is a popular mobile operating system which seen commonly on PDAs. Which of the
following category pair(s) best describe(s) it?
► Application software, embedded software
► system software, web-based software
► application software, scientific software
► system software, embedded software

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The Object Oriented approach
► improves the reusability of codes. (Page 83)
► makes objects less independent.
► increases testing time.
► complicates mapping of a system model to an implementation model.

The object-oriented approach improves the maintainability, reusability, and extensibility of the software Click here for Detail

Page 145
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 MIDTERM EXAMINATION 2010
Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose
one Most software continues to be custom built
because
► Software is easier to build without using someone else's components.
► Off the shelf software components are not commonly available Click here for detail
► Component reuse is common in the software world
► Reusable components are too expensive to use

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the items listed below is not one of the software engineering layers?

► Tools
► Process
► Manufacturing Click here for detal
► Methods

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of these people would not be likely to part of the FAST team?

► hardware and software engineers

► manufacturing representative
► marketing representatives
► senior financial officers A P R A C T I T I O N E R ’ S A P P R O A C H (Page 305)

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

An state transition can only occur when triggered by a(n)
► actor
► collaboration attempt
► event
► none of the given
The evolution of the system depends on a sequence of state transitions triggered by a set of coming events.

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A change becomes----------------because of close presence of data and functions

► Localized (page 81)

► Private
► Global
► Accessible

Page 146
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose
one A process which does not take input is called
► miracle process Miracle": Process has output, but no input Click here for detail
► core process
► secondary process
► all of the above

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose

one Data Store notation in DFDs presents.
► Data input
► Data output
► Data input and Data output (Page 54)
► non of the given

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Coupling is a measure of------------------of a module or component.

► Independent (Page 71)

► Dependent
► Closeness
► All of the given

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

If a problem is identified and fixed at a----------stage in the software development process, it will cost much
more than if it was fixed at and-----------stage.
► eralier & lator
► after & before
► none of the above
► later and earlier (Page 17)

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Once these requirements have been finalized, the-------------------process starts.
► Construction (Page 18)
► Development
► Maintenance phase
► Construction and Development

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Identifying Whole-Part structures (Aggregations) means what are my ----------------
► Components (Page 95)
► Structures
► Objecs
► Classes

Page 147
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Data design actually begins during the creation of the analysis model, not the architectural model.
► True Click here for detail
► False

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

System Architecture is important to consider because it helps in making -------------
► Mutual communication.
► Early design decisions.
► Reusable abstraction of a system.
► All of the above (Page 118)

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Software architecture is "the ---------- of the components of a program/system, their interrelationships, and
principles and guidelines governing their design and evolution over time."
► combination
► collection
► structure (Page 117)
► unification

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Cohesion is about making sure each component does thing and does it well.

► three
► two
► infinite
► one Click here for detail

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Following are some statements associated with data flow diagrams. Identify the correct statement from
among them.

► DFDs are used to model complex interfaces.

► DFDs are used to represent only functional processing, data stores and data movements between
functions. DFD over flow charts(Page 2)
► DFDs depict only processes which can be decomposed.
► DFDs do not show external data sources and external data sinks

Page 148
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 MIDTERM EXAMINATION
2010

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

UML (unified modeling language) analysis modeling focuses on the .
► behavioral model and environment model.
► behavioral model and implementation model.
► user model and environmental model
► user model and structural model A P R A C T I T I O N E R ’ S A P P R O A C H (Page 604)

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The data flow diagram must be augmented by descriptive text in order to describe the
functional requirements for a software product.
► True Click here for detail
► False

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

It is not possible to use ordinary data flow diagrams to model the functional requirements of real-
time systems.
► True
► False Click here for detail

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

An object or class may further be classified on the basis of
► Behavior Driven attributes
► Data Driven attributes
► Responsibility Driven attributes
► All of the above (Page 85)

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A public Interface provides a way for with other Classes.

► Communication
► Accessibility Click here for detail
► Reaching
► All of the above

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose

one DFD Notation contains
► Data Store
► Extenal Agents
► Processes
► All of the given (Page 51)

Page 149
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose
one A complex System evolves from a
► smaller system (Page 69)
► medium sysetem
► bigger system
► non of the given

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Requirement engineering mainly deals with the-----------------of the system
► definition phase (Page 16)
► development phase
► maintenance
► non of the above

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Insufficient user involvement leads to------------products.
► unacceptable (Page 19)
► ambigious
► dissatisfaction of customer to
► non of the above

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which one is not the purpose of Interaction Diagrams
?
► Model interactions between objects
► Assist in understanding how a system (a use case) actually works
► Identify responsibilities/operations and assign them to classes
► Identify dependencies among objecs (Page 106)

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Collaboration diagrams have basically two types of components: objects and ----------
► messages (Page 111)
► methods
► classes
► non of the above

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The scope description establishes the-------------between the system we are developing and everything else
in the universe

► Boundary (Page 31)

► Balance
► Constraint
► None of the given

Page 150
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Which one is not a type of messages which Sequence Diagrams Depict
► Synchronous
► Asynchronous
► Create
► Update (Page 108)

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

What is the most crucial non-functional requirement of a system to control radiation dosages that
are emitted as treatment for cancer?
► Security
► Reliability
► Usability
► Accuracy (not sure)

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Given below are some statements associated with data flow diagrams. Identify the correct statement
from among them.
► Data flow is made use of to model what systems do.
► Flows of data can take place from a process to a sink.
► All processes have to be levelled or decomposed.
► Context diagram shows the major system processes. (Page 54)

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

What would be the most suitable architecture to develop a commercial web page to do business
transactions over the internet?
► Client server model (p129)
► Island model
► RAD model
► Repository model

MIDTERM EXAMINATION 2010

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The first step in any OOA process model is to
► build an object-relationship model (p90)
► define collaborations between objects
► elicit customer requirements
► select a representation language

Page 151
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Dynamic components of an OOA model are
► not reusable
► sensitive to timing and event processing
► stable throughout the operational life of an application
► structural in nature
Dynamic components:
Focus on control and are sensitive to timing and event processing.
Dynamic view of Communication,
Dynamic view of Control and Time.

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose

one Events occur whenever a(n)

► actor and the OO system exchange information A P R A C T I T I O N E R ’ S A P P R O A C H (Page 622)

► class operation is invoked
► messages are passed between objects
► all of the given

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

By following modern system engineering practices simulation of reactive systems is no longer necessary
► True
► False Click here for detail

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Information flow represents the manner in which data and control
► are related to one another.
► changeas each moves through the system. A P R A C T I T I O N E R ’ S A P P R O A C H (Page 312)
► will be implemented in the final design.
► none of the given

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which view should be consider first during software requirements analysis?
► actor view
► data view
► essential view
► implementation view A P R A C T I T I O N E R ’ S A P P R O A C H (Page 316)
Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose
one State Transition Diagram is helpful in
determining
► Business Understanding (Page 52)
► Process Flow
► Data store
► Non of the given

Page 152
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose
one A better Design has an objective achieve
► High Cohesion
► Low Cohesion
► Low Coupling
► High cohesion and Low coupling A P R A C T I T I O N E R ’ S A P P R O A C H (Page 316

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose

one The process of defining attributes is called
► What I know (Page 95)
► Who know me
► Whom I know
► Non of the above

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following is not an objective for building an analysis model?
► define set of software requirements
► describe customer requirements
► develop an abbreviated solution for the problem A P R A C T I T I O N E R ’ S A P P R O A C H (Page 329)
► establish basis for software design

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The output of this design process is a description of
the
► Software Architecture (Page 115)
► Software Code
► Software
► Non of the above

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of these characteristics are true of a data warehouse, but not a typical database?
► business level orientation and large size
► currency and correctness of information Click here for detail
► integration and non volatility
► all of the given

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose

one Identifying System Features include ------

► log important information

► conduct business
► analyze business results
► all of the above (Page 98)

Page 153
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
The two main documents produced during this phase are Requirement Statement and Requirement
pecification. They are also called Requirement Definition and ---------------

► Functional Specification (Page 25)

► Mathematical specification
► System Specification
► None of the given

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Project-----------------defines the concept and range of the proposed solution, and limitations identify certain
capabilities that the product will not include

► Scope (Page 30)

► Agreement
► Plan
► None of the given

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Windows mobile is a popular mobile operating system which seen commonly on PDAs. Which of the
following category pair(s) best describe(s) it?

► application software, embedded software (not sure)

► system software, web-based software
► application software, scientific software
► system software, embedded software

MIDTERM EXAMINATION 2010

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Control flow diagrams are.
► Needed to model event driven systems. Click here for detail
► Required for all systems.
► Used in place of data flow diagrams.
► Useful for modeling user interfaces.

Question No: 2( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The Data dictionary contain description of each software.
► Configuration item.
► Data object APRACTITIONER’SAPPROACH (Page 356)
► Diagram
► Notation

Page 154
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question No: 3( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
A cohesion class is one which emphasize--------unit of----.
► Single and multiple.
► Multiple and functionality
► Functional and single
► Single and functional (Page 72)

Question No: 4( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Flow charts represent.
► Sequence. (Page 50)
► Random
► Parallel
► Non of above

Question No: 5( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

----- gives OO the ability to handle essential
► Decentralization (Page 80 )
► Centralization
► Decentralization and Centralization
► Non of above

Question No: 6( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

In sequence Diagram events are organized in a-------time line
► vertical (Page 106)
► horizontal
► Vertical and Horizontal
► Non of above

Question No: 7( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Asynchronous massages are denoted
► Half Arrow (Page 109)
► Simple Line
► Full Arrow
► Non of above

Question No: 8( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Software crisis came in 1960 what is the main reason to for the crisis
► Software development technique (Page 4)
► Hardware

Page 155
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 ► Software
► Non of above

Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

central role of the software requirement Document in entire development process is related to
► Project planning
► Project tracing
► Change control
► All of above (Page 19)

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The scope description establishes the-------------between the system we are developing and
everything else in the universe. Project planning
► Boundary (Page 31)
► System
► limitation
► None of above

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

which one is not the type of massage which sequence diagram depict
► Synchronous
► asynchronous
► Create
► Update (Page 108)

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

cohesion is about making sure each component does------------thing and does it well
► Three
► infinite
► one A P R A C T I T I O N E R ’ S A P P R O A C H (Page 381)
► two

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

what is the most important software quality of a web based transaction
► efficiency
► Modularity
► usability click here for detail
► Security

Page 156
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

MIDTERM
EXAMINATION
CS504- Software Engineering - I (Session - 6)

Question No: 1 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

By following modern system engineering practices simulation of reactive systems
is no longer necessary
► True

► False

Question No: 2 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The state transition diagram
► depicts relationships between data objects
► depicts functions that transform the data flow

► indicates how data are transformed by the system

► indicates system reactions to external events

Question No: 3 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Control flow diagrams are

► needed to model event driven systems.

► required for all systems

► used in place of data flow diagrams
► useful for modeling user interfaces

Question No: 4 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A change becomes---------------because of close presence of data and functions

Page 157
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 ► Localized
► Private
► Global
► Accessible

Question No: 5 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Page 158
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
A complex System evolves from a
► smaller system
► medium sysetem
► bigger system
► non of the given

Question No: 6 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Coupling is a measure of-----------------of a module or component.

► Independent
► Dependent
► Closeness
► All of the given

Question No: 7 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Software Maintenance phase involves

► Debugging
► Adding new features
► making changes
► all of the given

Question No: 8 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The hardest single part of building a software system is deciding precisely------------to
build.

► what
► How
► When
► Why

Question No: 9 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Interaction Diagrams depict the--------------Behavior of the system
► Static

► Dynamic
► Active
► Non of the above

Page 159
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
Question No: 10 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
In Sequence Diagrams the time required by the receiver object to process the
message is denoted by an---------------

► Activation Box
► Simple Box
► Arrow

Page 160
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
► Non of the above

Question No: 11 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

A poorly designed interface can cause a user to make catastrophic errors is one of the
motivations for GUI.

► True
► False

Question No: 12 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Identifying System Features include ------
► log important information

► conduct business

► analyze business results

► all of the above

Question No: 13 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one
Establishing responsibilities for objects includes
► Generalization Relationships
► Specialization Relationships
► all of the above
► identifying Association relationships

Question No: 14 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Which of the following is a fact finding method?

► Site visits
► Prototyping
► Study of similar systems
► All of given

Question No: 15 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

Windows mobile is a popular mobile operating system which seen commonly on
PDAs. Which of the following category pair(s) best describe(s) it?

► application software, embedded software

► system software, web-based software Page 161
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 ► application software, scientific software
► system software, embedded software

Question No: 16 ( Marks: 1 ) - Please choose one

The Object Oriented approach

Page 162
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
► improves the reusability of codes.
► makes objects less independent.
► increases testing time.
► complicates mapping of a system model to an implementation model.

Question No: 17 (
Marks: 2 )
Define abstraction ?

Question No: 18 ( Marks: 2 )

Is the design of software architecture a creative process?

Question No: 19 ( Marks: 2 )

Suppose you are working as a software engineer involved in the development of an e-commerce
website.

What are the 2 most important characteristics your software must have?

Question No: 20 ( Marks: 3 )

What is the purpose of collaboration diagrams?

Question No: 21 ( Marks: 3 )

What is the difference between Aggregation and Association?

Question No: 22 ( Marks: 5 )

what parameters are used to measure and analyze design quality?

Page 163
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No: 23 ( Marks: 5 )

Page 164
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
How the objects are identified in Peter codd’s technique?

Question No:1 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The criteria used to assess the quality of an architectural design should
be based on system
A. Data and control
B. Functionality
C. Implementation details
D. Accessibility and reliability

Question No:2 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

If Cat is derived from Mammal Class, and Mammal is derived from
Animal Class, then:
A. Cat will inherit Animal’s functions and data
B. Cat is allowed to access only the Mammal’s Class
C. Cat will not be able to access any class
D. Cat will inherit Animal’s functions and data

Question No:3 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In the case of action-oriented approach, data is decomposed according
to: Object requirements
A. Functionality requirements Page 15
B. Corresponding domain model
C. Compatibility with object interface

Question No:4 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The most important and critical stage in the object-oriented design is the
appropriate classification of .
A. Object Page 85
B. Class
C. Model

Page 165
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:5 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
The focus of sequence diagrams is:
A. On static Model of system

Page 166
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. On object constraints
C. On the flow of Control
D. On objects/classes and messages exchanged among them Page 106

Question No:6 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Different messages in sequence diagrams includes:
A. Simple
B. Notify
C. Asynchronous
D. Both Simple and Asynchronous Page 108

Question No:7 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In the case of approach, data is decomposed according to
functionality requirements.
A. Object-oriented
B. Event-oriented
C. Process-oriented
D. Action- oriented Page 80

Question No:8 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The provides the software engineer with a view of the
system as a whole.
A. Process Model
B. Business model
C. Architectural Model
D. Requirements Model

Question No:9 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

OOD results in a design that achieves a number of different levels of
.
A. Event Page 89
B. Process

Page 167
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
C. Operation
D. Modularity

Question No:10 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Consider the following piece of code:
public class Square extends Shape {
// some code
}
The above code is an example of
A. Part-Whole relationship
B. Generalization/ Specialization
C. Data Sharing
D. Data encapsulation

Question No:11 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

UML is a language for

A. Mode ling and Design Google

B. High-level Programming
C. Creating diagrams only
D. Low-level Programming

Question No:12 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A is a system component that provides services to other
components but would not normally be considered as a separate system.
A. Message
B. Method
C. Module Page 121
D. Relationship

Question No:13 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A relationship indicates that one entity is composed of one or more
parts which are themselves instances of that or another entity.
A. Whole -part Google
Page 168
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 169
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. Inheritance
C. Generalization
D. Specialization

Question No:14 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In sequence diagram, the objects are organized in a line
and the events in a time line.
A. Horizontal, vertical Google
B. Horizontal, straight
C. Vertical, straight
D. Vertical, horizontal

Question No:15 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A useful technique for evaluating the overall complexity of a proposed
architecture is to look at the component's
A. Size and cost
B. Function points
C. Number and size of components
D. Flow dependencies and has ring dependencies

Question No:16 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The method of dividing and assigning different portions of a large
system to different groups for construction is called .
A. Work Basic Structure
B. Work Breakdown System
C. Work Breakdown Structure Page 119
D. Working Boundary Structure

Question No:17 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

pointed out the elegant conceptual integrity exhibited by layered organization of software
systems, with the resulting gains in development and maintenance ease.
A. Barry Boehm

Page 170
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. David Parnas
C. Edsger Dijkstra Page 115
D. Shaw and Garlan

Question No:18 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Selecting Objects (in a domain) include:
A. Only Actors
B. Only Participants
C. Only Actors and Places
D. Actors. Participants and Places

Question No:19 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

How can we implement generalization in Object Oriented programming
languages?
A. Abstraction
B. Inheritance
C. Polymorphism
D. Encapsulation

Question No:20 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Collaboration diagram can show .
a) Binary messages
b) Asynchronous messages
c) Synchronous messages
A. a only
B. b only
C. c only
D. both b and c Page 111

Question No:21 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the following is not supported by a maintainable design?
A. Change
B. Debugging
Page 171
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 172
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
C. Adding new features
D. Higher maintenance cost Google

Question No:22 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Normally a System will be more easy to modify if its modules have:
A. High coupling and low cohesion
B. High coupling and high cohesion
C. Low coupling and high cohesion
D. Low coupling and Low cohesion

Question No:23 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

—————is a role that each actor plays in the system under
consideration.
A. An act
B. A participant
C. A function
D. None of the given

Question No:24 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Any Engineering approach must be founded on organizational
commitment to —————.
A. Cost
B. Scheduling
C. Quality
D. Performance

Question No:25 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Return values in synchronous massages are:
A. Compulsory
B. May not used when response is obvious
C. Not used at all
D. Represented by solid lines

Page 173
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 174
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:26 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
Which of the following is not among the four layers of the object-
oriented pyramid?
A. The subsystem layers
B. The class and object layer
C. The abstract layer Page 89
D. The message layers

Question No:27 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

System models include:
A. User business processes
B. User activities for conducting the business process
C. Processes that need to be automated
D. All of the given options

Question No:28 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In the architecture trade-off analysis method the architectural style
should be described using the
A. Data flow view
B. Module view
C. Process view
D. All of the given Page 136

Question No:29 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A use case represents:
A. A class, its attributes and operations
B. An operation’s interface and signature
C. The role a user plays when interacting with the system
Page 32
D. The system’s functionality for a particular purpose

Question No:30 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

External entity may be: Page 175
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 176
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
A. Source of input data only
B. Source of input data and destination of results
C. Destination of results
D. Repository of data

Question No:31 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The process of utilizing our knowledge of computer science in effective
production of——–.
A. Chemical Engineering
B. Electrical Engineering
C. Computer Engineering
D. Software Engineering Page 2

Question No:32 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Coupling is a measure of ————- of a component.

A. Independence
B. Dependence
C. Aggregation
D. Composition

Question No:33 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

has become a standard notation for object oriented system modeling.

A. UML
B. C++
C. OCL(Object Constraint Language)
D. None of the given option

Question No:34 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

An arrow in data flow diagram represents:
A. Direction of flow of data
B. Processing of data
C. External agent
Page 177
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 178
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
D. Internal Agent

Question No:35 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

——————- diagrams does not capture control flow information, it just shows the
flow of data in a system.
A. Sequence
B. Data Flow
C. Activity
D. Class

Question No:36 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In ————- the analyst determines the source of requirements and
where do these requirements consume:
A. Data flow analysis
B. Source and sink analysis Page 40
C. Down parsing
D. Up parsing

Question No:37 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Data cannot flow from one external entity to other external entity because:
A. It will get corrupted
B. It is not allowed in DFD Page 59
C. An external entity has no mechanism to read or write
D. Both are outside the context of the system

Question No:38 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In the functional design, the structure of the system resolves around:
A. Objects
B. Properties
C. Functions
D. All of the given options

Page 179
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 180
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:39 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
————— is one of the techniques to document domain knowledge

A. State transition diagram

B. Feasibility matrix
C. System matrix
D. None of the given options

Question No:40 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In case of —————– approach , decomposition of a problem revolves
around data.
A. Object-Oriented
B. Action-Oriented Page 80
C. Event-Oriented
D. Process-Oriented

Question No:41 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The —————– relationship is a kind of a generalization
specialization relationship:
A. Bit-Byte
B. Uses
C. Binary
D. Extends

Question No:42 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Strong cohesion implies that:
A. All parts of a component have a close logical relationship with each other
B. All parts of a component don’t have a close relationship with each
other
C. Component is dynamic in nature
D. Component is static in nature

Page 181
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:43 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
The intent of Object-Oriented Analysis(OOA) is to define:
A. All classes
B. Relationships among classes
C. Behaviour of classes
D. All of the given options

Question No:44 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Requirement engineering focuses on —————– aspect of the
software development process.
A. Both what and how
B. What
C. How
D. Why and how

Question No:45 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

relationship is concerned with classes not with the class instantiates.
A. Association
B. Inheritance
C. Aggregation
D. Composition

Question No:46 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the following statements are true in context of the object
model deviation through the Coad methodology?
A place is also a contains
Every container needs to be a place
Same person may play different times in the system.
A. A only
B. A and b
C. A and c
D. All of the given

Page 182
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:47 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
The goal of ———- is to translate the customer’s desire for a set of
defined capabilities into a working product.
A. Electrical engineering
B. Product engineering
C. Hardware engineering
D. Mechanical engineering

Question No:48 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In case of a ——- message, the called routine that handles the message
is completed before the caller resumes execution.
Synchronous Asynchronous
Bidirectional

A. A only Page 108

B. B only
C. C only
D. All of the given

Question No:49 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A car is made up of a body, three or four wheels, a steering mechanism,
a breaking mechanism, and a power engine”
The above statement is example of:

A. Whole-part relationship
B. Inheritance
C. Specialization
D. Generalization

Question No:50 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

To help separate an object’s external behaviour from its implementation,
the technique used is called ——-
A. Generalization
B. Association

Page 183
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
C. Composition
D. Abstraction Page 86

Question No:51 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Sequences of messages can be present in:
Use case diagram Sequence
diagram Collaboration
diagram
A. a only
B. b only
C. c only
D. b and c

Question No:52 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the following strategies lead to good software design:
A. Separation of concerns
B. Modularity
C. Divide-and-conquer
D. All of the given options

Question No:53 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Data flow model:
A. Captures the flow of data in a system
B. Helps in developing an understanding of system’s functionality
C. Describes data origination, transformations and consumption in a
system
D. All of the given options

Question No:54 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

——- requirements are often called product features.

A. Functional
B. Non-functional
C. Developer

Page 184
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
D. User

Question No:55 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The first step in any OOA process model is to
A. Build an object-relationship model. Page 90
B. Define collaborations between objects.
C. Elicit customer requirements
D. Select a representation language

Question No:56 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The —— relationship is kind of a generalization specialization
relationship.
A. Bit-byte
B. Uses
C. Binary
D. Extends

Question No:57 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Regarding data flow model, which of the following statement(s) is true:
A. It captures the transformation of data between processes/functions
of a system
B. Processes on a data flow can operate in parallel
C. Only those processes are represented which we need to automate
D. All of the given option

Question No:58 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In "Point of Sale system", the term "Payment" represents
A. Actor
B. Participant
C. Transaction Page 99
D. Container

Page 185
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 186
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:59 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
The architecture components for product engineering are

A. Data, hardware, software, people

B. Data, documentation, hardware, software
C. Data, hardware, software, procedures
D. Documentation, hardware, people, procedures

Question No:60 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

An object model encompasses the principle(s) of
A. Abstraction
B. Encapsulation
C. Hierarchy or inheritance
D. All of the given option

Question No:61 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Prototyping is used when there is ———– regarding requirements.

A. Uncertainty
B. Confirmation
C. Conflict
D. Consensus

Question No:62 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In ——- phase of software development, requirement analyst focuses on
possible design of the proposed solution.
A. Maintenance
B. Development Page 16
C. Definition
D. Vision

Question No:63 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

At which stage of software development loop, results are delivered?
A. Problem definition
B. Solution integration

Page 187
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 188
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
C. Technical development
D. Status quo

Question No:64 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A class will be cohesive if:
A. Class does not implement complex interfaces
B. Class does not have complex methods
C. If most of the methods do not use most of the data members most of the time
D. If most of the methods use most of the data members most of the
time.

Question No:65 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A DFD is normally levelled (adding more levels of abstraction) as
A. It is a good idea in design
B. It is recommended by many experts
C. It is easy to do it
D. It is easier to read and understand a number of smaller DFDs than one
large DFD

Question No:66 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Identify the true statement(s)
A. An attribute that may have a number of values should be replaced
by a new class and an object connection
B. An attribute that varies over time, e.g. price of an item, should be
replaced by an additional class with an affective data and value
C. Replace “yes/no” type attribute with “status” type attributes for
flexibility
D. All of given option

Question No:67 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

———— Is a technique in which we construct a model of an entity based upon its essential
characteristics and ignore the inessential details.

Page 189
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
A. Inheritance
B. Polymorphism
C. Aggregation
D. Abstraction

Question No:68 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A structure is a manner of an organization which expresses a ——
strong organization within the problem domain.
A. Semantically
B. Syntactically
C. Graphically
D. None of the given

Question No:69 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

To determine the architectural style or combination of styles that best
fits the proposed system, requirements engineering is used to uncover
A. Algorithmic complexity
B. Characteristics and constraints Page 126
C. Control and data
D. Design patterns

Question No:70 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which statement is not according to the software engineering principles?
Software engineering is a(n)
A. Balancing act
B. Disciplined approach
C. Unsystematic approach Page 5
D. Quantifiable approach

Question No:71 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In order to determine the role and responsibilities of the identified
objects, we need to consider which of the following step(s):
Who I am?

Page 190
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 191
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
What I know? Who
I know? What I
do?
A. A only
B. A and b
C. B ,c and D Page 102

Question No:72 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In Object Oriented Design, layer contains the details that enable
each object to communicate with its collaborators.
Subsystem
A. Responsibility
B. Message Page 89
C. Object

Question No:73 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In sequence diagram, the boxes denote:
A. Objects (or classes) Page 106
B. Messages, sent from one object to other
C. Life-time of objects
D. None of the given option

Question No:74 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In "Railway ticket reservation system" the roles such as inquiry,
reservation, ticketing and cancellation are to be performed by the user
called:-
A. Passenger
B. System analyst
C. System designer
D. System developer

Question No:75 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Requirement engineering mainly deals with the of the system

Page 192
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 193
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
A. Vision phase
B. Definition phase Page 16
C. Development phase
D. Maintenance phase

Question No:76 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In UML based Object Oriented model of a system, a composition
relation between two objects is shown by a sign on the
Whole side of a relation line.
A. An unfilled diamond
B. A filled diamond
C. A half diamond
D. A dot

Question No:77 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

analysis educates the analyst on business domain complexity and shows a way to deal
with it.

A. Domain
B. Use case
C. Object collaboration
D. None of the given options

Question No:78 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

An architectural style encompasses which of the following elements?
A. Constraints
B. Set of components
C. Semantic models
D. All of the given Page 126

Question No:79 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Identify the true statement:
A. Normally object-oriented design is more maintainable than functional
oriented.

Page 194
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 195
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. Software with functional oriented design does not fulfil non
functional requirements.
C. Object oriented design can not implement “separation of concerns”
strategy
D. Function oriented design does not lead to an efficient product

Question No:80 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A maintainable design is a design, which supports
A. Change
B. Debugging
C. Adding new features
D. All of the given

Question No:81 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Whole part structure is also called
A. Generalization
B. Aggregation
C. Specialization
D. Association

Question No:82 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The system model template contains which of the following elements
A. Input
B. Output
C. All

Question No:83 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Modules with high cohesion and low coupling can be treated and analyzed
as
A. White boxes
B. black boxes
C. grey boxes
D. none of these Page 196
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 197
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:84 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
According to Caper Jhones analysis of project activities, coding only has
——- affect part in system development.

A. 13-14%
B. 36-40%
C. 50-60%
D. 70-80%

Question No:85 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

—————- is concerned with decomposing the system into interacting sub-systems.
A. System structuring
B. Control Modelling
C. Molecular Decomposition Page 121
D. None of the given

Question No:86 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In multiprocessing applications, different execution threads may pass
information to one another by sending ——- to each other.
A. Interrupt calls
B. Synchronous messages
C. Asynchronous messages
D. System calls
Question No:87 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM In
abbot’s textual analysis technique, different part of speech is identified within the text of
the specification and these part are modelled using different
A. Event
B. Process
C. Operations
D. Components Page 90

Page 198
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:88 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
In object-oriented design, layer contains the data structures
and algorithmic design for all attributes and operations for each object.
A. Subsystem
B. Responsibility Google
C. Message
D. Object

Question No:89 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In this case of intra component linkages are stronger while inter
component linkages are weak.
A. High cohesion
B. Low coupling Page 73
C. Low cohesion
D. High coupling

Question No:90 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A process in data flow diagram (DFD) represents
A. Flow of data
B. Transformation of data
C. Storage of data
D. An external agent

Question No:91 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

are kind of umbrella activities that are used to smoothly and successfully perform the
construction activities.
A. Design activities
B. Management activities Page 14
C. Testing activities
D. Maintenance activities

Page 199
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 200
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:92 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
When you encounter both transform flow in the same DFD the flow is
partitioned and the appropriate mapping technique is used on each part
of the DFD.
A. True
B. False

Question No:93 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Software architecture must address ————– requirements of a software
system.
A. Functional
B. Non-functional
C. User Interface Requirements
D. Both functional and non-functional.

Question No:94 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

To construct a system model the engineer should consider one of the
following restraining factors.
A. Assumptions and constraints
B. Budget and expenses
C. Data objects and operations
D. Schedule and milestones

Question No:95 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A cohesive Class is one which emphasizes on unit of functionality
A. Single
B. Multiple Page 76
C. Static
D. None

Question No:96 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The best way to conduct a requirement validation review is to
A. Examine the system model for errors
Page 201
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 202
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. have the customer look over the requirements
C. Send them to the design team and see if they have any concerns
D. Use a checklist of the questions to examine each requirement

Question No:97 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Defining the services of an object means:

A. What it does? Page 96

B. What it knows?
C. Who knows it?

Question No:98 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which one of the following is the external quality of a software product?
A. Correctness
B. Concision
C. Cohesion
D. Low coupling

Question No:99 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In Data Flow Diagram, the entity or system, outside the boundary of this
system is called:
A. Process
B. Data flow
C. External agent
D. Data store

Question No:100 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

GUI stands for:
A. Genaric user Interface
B. Graphical user interface
C. Genaric user interaction
D. Graphical user interaction

Page 203
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 204
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:101 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
Specialization means:
A. Calling the same method with the object of child object
B. Hiding the data
C. Creating new subclasses for an existing class Page 86
D. None of the given options

Question No:102 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In a use case diagram, an ellipse signifies a(n):
A. Actor
B. Class
C. Use case
D. System boundary

Question No:103 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper

RM Software development is a step-by-step process, and in ———
phase of software development Business objective of an organization get
cleared
A. Maintenance
B. Development
C. Definition
D. Vision

Question No:104 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

If you try to make software more user-friendly then the ——— may
suffer.
A. Reliability
B. Software
C. Efficiency
D. Cost

Question No:105 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In object-oriented design, the structure of the system revolves around.
Page 205
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
A. Objects

Page 206
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. Properties
C. Methods
D. All of the given option

Question No:106 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In ——– relationship, a class shares the structure and behavior defined
in another class:
A. Aggregation
B. Composition
C. Inheritance Page 86
D. Uses

Question No:107 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In Object Oriented Design, combining the services offered by an object
with the attributes they work on, results in:
Lower coupling and strong cohesion Lower
cohesion and strong coupling Increased
likelihood of reuse Decrease the modularity of
the system
A. A only
B. B and c only
C. A and c only

Question No:108 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A change becomes because of the close presence of data
and functions
A. Accessible
B. Global
C. Private
D. Localized Page 81

Question No:109 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Software engineering is a ————– approach.

Page 207
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
A. Systematic
B. Disciplined
C. Scheduled
D. All of the given options

Question No:110 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

An external entity that interacts with the system is called a(n):
A. Use case
B. Actor
C. Stakeholder
D. Association

Question No:111 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper

RM More powerful hardware resulted into the development of ————
powerful and ———
software.
A. Less, complex
B. More , complex Page 4
C. More, simple
D. Less, simple

Question No:112 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A context diagram is used:
A. As a first step in developing a detailed DFD of a system
B. In systems analysis of very complex systems
C. As an aid to system design
D. As an aid to programmers

Question No:113 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The architectural model provides the software engineer with the view of
the system as a whole:
A. True
B. False
Page 208
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 209
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:114 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
The system specification describes the:
A. Function and behavior of a computer-based system
B. Implementation of each allocated system element
C. Algorithmic detail and data structures
D. Time required for system simulation

Question No:115 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper

RM In object-oriented approach, ———– are the people and
organizations that take part in the system under consideration:
A. Actors
B. Places
C. Participants

Question No:116 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Software Design discusses ———- aspect of software development.
A. What
B. How
C. Who
D. When

Question No:117 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

———— requirements cause frequent modifications in user interface.
A. Functional
B. Non-functional
C. Unstable Page 62
D. User

Question No:118 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

By levelling a DFD ( adding more levels of abstraction) we mean:
A. Splitting it into different levels
B. Make its structure uniform

Page 210
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 211
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
C. Expanding a process into one with more sub-processes giving
more detail
D. Summarizing a DFD to specify only these essentials

Question No:119 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A “register” in “Point of Sale system” is an example of:
A. Actor
B. Participant
C. Tangible thing Page 100
D. Transaction

Question No:120 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

———— is a set of processes and tools to develop software.

A. Software engineering
B. Information
C. Software
D. None of the given

Question No:121 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The ———– on which program operates is also considered as part of
the software.
A. Data
B. Information
C. Program
D. None of the given

Question No:122 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

———- diagram provides a time-based view and collaboration diagrams which provide an
organization-based view of the system’s dynamics.
A. Data flow diagram
B. Entity relationship diagram
C. Class diagram
D. Sequence diagram
Page 212
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 213
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:123 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
Synchronous messages are “call events” and are denoted by ———-

A. Full arrow
B. Half arrow
C. <<create>>
D. <<destroy>>

Question No:124 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the following are the components of system engineering
software?
A. Process
B. Methods
C. Tools
D. All of the given

Question No:125 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Identifying system features include ———–
A. Log important information
B. Conduct business
C. Analyze business results
D. All of the above Page 98

Question No:126 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

is a technique that can be used to reduce customer dissatisfaction at requirement stage.
A. Study of similar systems
B. Site visits
C. Prototyping Page 71
D. All of the above

Question No:127 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Data store notation in DFD represents:
A. Data input

Page 214
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. Data output
C. Data input and data output
D. None of the above

Question No:128 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The process of defining attributes is called ———–
A. Who know me?
B. What I know? Page 95
C. Whom I know?
D. All of the above

Question No:129 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The output of the design process is a description of the:

A. Software architecture
B. Software Code
C. Software
D. All of the above

Question No:130 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the following are the levels of software requirements?
A. Business requirements
B. User requirements
C. Functional requirements
D. All of the above

Question No:131 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Given below are some statements associated with data flow diagrams.
Identify the correct statement among them.
A. Data flow is made used of to model what systems do
B. Flows of data can take place from a process to a sink
C. Context diagrams shows the major system processes Page 94
D. All processes have to be labelled or decomposed
Page 215
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 216
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:132 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
In which of the following diagram the actors and attributes are represented
with system boundary?
A. Data flow diagram
B. Entity relationship diagram
C. Class diagram
D. Use case diagram

Question No:133 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

is real looking mock_up of what would be eventually delivered and might not do
anything useful.
A. Study of similar system
B. Site visits
C. Prototyping Page 68
D. All of the above

Question No:134 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

is blueprint for software construction.

A. Object oriented design

B. Sequence design
C. Software design
D. All of the above

Question No:135 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

requirements lead to ill-spent time and rework.
A. Unacceptable
B. Ambiguous
C. Dissatisfaction of customer
D. None of the above

Question No:136 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which type of diagram is used to depict the dynamic behavior of a system.
A. ERD diagram
Page 217
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 218
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. DFD diagram
C. Class diagram
D. Collaborations diagram

Question No:137 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

What is the most crucial non-functional requirement of a system to control
radiation dosages that are emitted as treatment for cancer?
A. Security
B. Reliability
C. Easy usability
D. Accuracy

Question No:138 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A better design has an objective achieve
A. High cohesion
B. Low cohesion
C. Low coupling
D. High cohesion and low coupling Page 316

Question No:139 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the following are trhe components of software engineering
framework is combine the three remaining components?
A. Process
B. Method
C. Tools
D. All of the above

Question No:140 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In sequence diagrams the time required by the receiver object to process
the message is denoted by an
A. Activation box Page 108
B. Message line
C. Life line

Page 219
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 220
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
D. All of the above

Question No:141 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

How many types of OOD modes have ?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four

Question No:142 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which notation is used to represent the process of the system in DFD
model?
A. Process
B. External agent
C. Data flow
D. Data store

Question No:143 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Insufficient user involvement leads to products.

A. Unacceptable Page 19
B. Ambiguous
C. Dissatisfaction of customer
D. None of the above

Question No:144 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Collaboration diagrams have basically two types of components: objects
and
A. Messages Page 111
B. Method
C. Classes
D. None of the above

Page 221
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 222
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:145 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
In object-oriented analysis how many number of tasks must occurs .
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. None of the above

Question No:146 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

State transition diagram is helpful in determining .
A. Data store
B. Process flow
C. Business understanding Page 52
D. None of the above

Question No:147 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In sequence diagram events are organized in a time life line.

A. Vertical Page 106

B. Horizontal
C. Both A and B
D. All of the above

Question No:148 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Asynchronous messages are “signals,” denoted by .

A. Full arrow
B. Half arrow
C. <<create>>
D. <<destroy>>

Question No:149 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

When we write a program for computer and then we named it as .
A. Data
Page 223
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. Information
C. Software

Page 224
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
D. None of the given

Question No:150 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Context level diagram present in which of the following document.
A. SRS-software requirement specification
B. Design document
C. Test phase
D. All of the above

Question No:151 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

is diagram in which objects are interact with each other and these are arranged in a
sequence.
A. ERD diagrams
B. Inheritance diagrams
C. Class diagrams
D. Sequence diagrams

Question No:152 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the following layers are include in object-oriented design?
A. The subsystem layers
B. The class and object layer
C. All of the above
D. The message layers

Question No:153 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which notation is used to represent the boundary of the system in DFD
model?
A. Process
B. External agent
C. Data flow
D. Data store

Page 225
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:154 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
Identifying whole-part structures (aggregations) means what are my
.
A. Components Page 94
B. Structures
C. Class
D. Object

Question No:155 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

An object or class may further be classified on the basis of .
A. Behaviour driven attributes
B. Data driven attributes
C. Responsibility driven attributes
D. All of the above Page 85

Question No:156 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

DFD notation contains
A. Process
B. External agent
C. Data flow
D. All of the above Page 51

Question No:157 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The doted lines in sequence diagram are called .

A. Life line
B. Message line
C. Entities line
D. All of the above

Question No:158 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

An object may create another object via a message .
A. Full arrow
B. half arrow

Page 226
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 227
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
C. <<create>>
D. <<destroy>>

Question No:159 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

How many levels of software requirements are ?
A. One
B. Two
C. Three
D. Four

Question No:160 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the items listed below is not one of the software engineering
layers?
A. Tools
B. Manufacturing
C. Process
D. Methods

Question No:161 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Software maintenance phase involves
A. Debugging
B. Adding new features
C. Making changes
D. All of the given

Question No:162 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The hardest single part of building a software system is deciding precisely
to build.
A. When
B. What Page 17
C. Why
D. All of the given

Page 228
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 229
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:163 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
Interaction diagrams depict the behaviour of the system.
A. Static
B. Active
C. Dynamic Page 106
D. None of the given

Question No:164 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper

RM A can be used to describe the dynamic behavior of an object-
oriented system.
A. ERD diagrams
B. Inheritance diagrams
C. Class diagrams
D. Series diagrams

Question No:165 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The Use case diagram shows that which interact with each use case.
A. Use case
B. Actor Page 32
C. Component
D. Relation

Question No:166 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Transactions are the that must be remembered through time.

A. EventsPage 93
B. Action
C. Triggers
D. Methods

Question No:167 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

As per Peter Coad’s methodology, which of the following may not be a
perfect candidate for being an object?
A. Zone
Page 230
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 231
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. Recipient
C. Garage
D. Password Page 93

Question No:168 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A necessary supplement to transform or transaction mapping needed to
create a complete architectural design is
A. Entity relationship diagrams
B. The data dictionary
C. Processing narratives for each module
D. Best cases for each module

Question No:169 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

By leveling a DFD (adding more levels of abstraction) we mean
A. Splitting it into different levels
B. Make its structure uniform

Question No:170 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

By following modern system engineering practices simulation of
reactive systems is no longer necessary
A. True
B. False

Question No:171 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The state transition diagram
A. depicts relationships between data objects
B. depicts functions that transform the data flow
C. indicates how data are transformed by the system
D. indicates system reactions to external events

Question No:172 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Control flow diagrams are

A. Needed to model event driven systems.

Page 232
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 233
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. required for all systems
C. used in place of data flow diagrams
D. useful for modelling user interfaces

Question No:173 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A complex System evolves from a

A. Smaller system Page 83

B. medium system
C. bigger system
D. non of the given

Question No:174 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A poorly designed interface can cause a user to make catastrophic errors
is one of the motivations for GUI.
A. True Page 62
B. False

Question No:175 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Establishing responsibilities for objects includes
A. Generalization Relationships
B. Specialization Relationships
C. All of the above Page 86

Question No:176 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the following is a fact finding method?
A. Site visits
B. Prototyping
C. Study of similar systems
D. All of given

Question No:177 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Windows mobile is a popular mobile operating system which seen
commonly on PDAs. Which of the Page 234
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 235
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
following category pair(s) best describe(s) it?

A. Application software, embedded software

B. system software, web-based software
C. application software, scientific software
D. ssystem software, embedded software

Question No:178 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The Object-Oriented approach

A. Iimproves the reusability of codes. Page 83

B. makes objects less independent.
C. increases testing time.

Question No:179 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Most software continues to be custom built because
A. Software is easier to build without using someone else's components.
B. Off the shelf software components are not commonly available
C. Component reuse is common in the software world
D. Reusable components are too expensive to use

Question No:180 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of these people would not be likely to part of the FAST team?
A. hardware and software engineers
B. manufacturing representative
C. marketing representatives
D. Senior financial officers Page 305

Question No:181 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

System Architecture is important to consider because it helps in making

A. Mutual communication.
B. Early design decisions.
C. Reusable abstraction of a system.

Page 236
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
D. All of the above Page 118

Page 237
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:182 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
Software architecture is "the--------------------------of the components of a
program/system, their interrelationships,
and principles and guidelines governing their design and evolution over time."
A. combination
B. collection
C. structure Page 117
D. unification

Question No:183 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

UML (unified modeling language) analysis modeling focuses on the
.
A. behavioral model and environment model.
B. behavioral model and implementation model.
C. user model and environmental model
D. user model and structural model Page 604

Question No:184 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

DFD Notation contains
A. Data Store
B. Extenal Agents
C. Processes
D. All of the given Page 51

Question No:185 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which one is not the purpose of Interaction Diagrams ?
A. Model interactions between objects
B. Assist in understanding how a system (a use case) actually works
C. Identify responsibilities/operations and assign them to classes
D. Identify dependencies among objecs Page 106

Page 238
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:186 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
The scope description establishes the ----------between the system we are
developing and everything else in the universe
A. Boundary Page 31
B. Balance
C. Constraint
D. None of the given

Question No:187 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which one is not a type of messages which Sequence Diagrams Depict
A. Synchronous
B. Asynchronous
C. Create
D. Update Page 108

Question No:188 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

What would be the most suitable architecture to develop a commercial
A. web page to do business
B. transactions over the internet?
C. Client server model Page 129
D. Island model

Question No:189 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which view should be consider first during software requirements
analysis?
A. actor view
B. data view
C. essential view
D. implementation view Page 316

Question No:190 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

State Transition Diagram is helpful in determining

A. Business Understanding Page 52

Page 239
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 240
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. Process Flow
C. Data store
D. Non of the given

Question No:191 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The output of this design process is a description of the
A. Software Architecture Page 115
B. Software Code
C. Software
D. Non of the above

Question No:192 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Project ------------- defines the concept and range of the proposed
solution, and limitations identify certain capabilities that
the product will not include

A. Scope Page 30
B. Agreement
C. Plan
D. None of the given

Question No:193 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A cohesion class is one which emphasize-------------------------unit of----.
A. Single and multiple.
B. Multiple and functionality
C. Functional and single
D. Single and functional Page 72

Question No:194 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Flow charts represent.

A. Sequence Page 50
B. Random
C. Parallel
D. Non of above
Page 241
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 242
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:195 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
----- gives OO the ability to handle essential

A. Decentralization Page 80
B. Centralization
C. Decentralization and Centralization
D. Non of above

Question No:196 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In sequence Diagram events are organized in a-----time line
A. Vertical Page 106
B. horizontal
C. Vertical and Horizontal
D. Non of above

Question No:197 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Asynchronous massages are denoted

A. Half Arrow Page 109

B. Simple Line
C. Full Arrow
D. Non of above

Question No:198 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Software crisis came in 1960 what is the main reason to for the crisis

A. Software development technique Page 4

B. Hardware
C. Software
D. Non of above

Question No:199 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

UML stands for
Unified Modeling Language Google

Page 243
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 244
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:200 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
The condition that must be met before the use case can be invoked, is
called:
Precondition Google

Question No:201 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In Collaboration diagrams, sequence of messaging is shown by .

Label arrow Google

Question No:202 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The project manager would need document to monitor and
track the progress of the project.
Role of Requirements Page 18

Question No:203 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A prototype is not the real product. It is rather just a real looking
of what would be eventually delivered and might not do anything useful.
A. Ad-hoc
B. Design
C. Mock-up Page 68
D. Structure

Question No:204 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The context diagram is used as the top-level abstraction in a
developed according to principles of structured analysis.
Dataflow diagram Page 31

Question No:205 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Construction activities are directly related to software .

Development Page 11

Page 245
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 246
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:206 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
Many of the problems encountered in Software development are
attributed to shortcoming in .
Requirement gathering Page 17

Question No:207 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In a top-down system analysis, a/an is required to develop high
level view of the system at first.
Analyst Page 54

Question No:208 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which one is not a part of Software Development phase ?
A. Construction
B. Project Vision
C. Scope
D. Definition

Question No:209 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In software engineering paradigm, any engineering approach must be
founded on organizational commitment to .
A. Cost
B. Quality
C. Scheduling
D. Scheduling

Question No:210 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the given component of software engineering framework
demands Rational and Timely development of a software?
A. Tools
B. Methods
C. Quality Focus
D. Processes

Page 247
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:211 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
System are built to allow the System Engineer to evaluate the
system components in relationship to one another.
A. Models Page 42
B. Test cases
C. Documents
D. Requirements

Question No:212 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

The data on which the program operates is also considered as part of the

A. Software Page 1
B. Logical Data
C. Important Data
D. Utility Software

Question No:213 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Include and extend relationship is used in UML notation of a/an
.
A. Activity Diagram
B. Use Case Model
C. Data Flow Diagram
D. Entity Relationship Diagram

Question No:214 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Arranging information in form makes it easy to read, understand
and comprehend as compared to streams of text.
A. Rows
B. Tabular
C. Columns
D. Paragraph

Page 248
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 249
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:215 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
Which of the given component of software engineering framework
provides different techniques that can be used to perform a particular task?
A. Tools
B. Methods Page 12
C. Processes
D. Quality Focus

Question No:216 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

All the documents related to the software are also considered as part

A. Software
B. Logical Document
C. Physical Document
D. Relational Database

Question No:217 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

A software requirement document describes all the provided
by the system along with the constraints under which it must operate.
A. Events
B. Services
C. Processes
D. Conditions

Question No:218 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

component of software engineering framework provides automated or semi-automated
support in a software development.

A. Tools
B. Methods
C. Processes
D. Quality Focus

Question No:219 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Use case construction is a technique used for:
Page 250
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 251
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
A. Database design.
B. User interface design.
C. Requirements structuring.
D. Requirements determination.

Question No:220 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In use case diagram, the scope of the system is defined by:
A. Actor
B. Entity
C.
D.
E. Extends

F. System Boundary

Question No:221 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

structure represents the internal organization of the various data and control items.

A. Data
B. Value
C. Conceptual
D. Information

Question No:222 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In Data Flow Diagram (DFD), data flow can:
A. Only terminate in an external entity
B. Only originate from an external entity
C. Originate and terminate in an external entity
D. Either originate or terminate in an external entity but not both

Question No:223 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In data flow diagram (DFD), Create, Update, Delete and Read
operations are normally called:
A. DURC operations

Page 252
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
B. CRUD operations Page 53
C. RUDC operations
D. CDUR operations

Question No:224 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

There are most important characteristics of an object.
A. One
B. Two
C. Four
D. Three

Question No:225 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the following is not the object model principle?

A. Exposure Page 86
B. Abstraction
C. Encapsulation
D. Hierarchy or inheritance

Question No:226 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

"System should maintain transaction log of every transaction"
A. Pseudo requirement
B. Functional requirement
C. Non-functional requirement
D. Both Non-functional and Pseudo requirements

Question No:227 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

While establishing the services for an object, the goal is to keep data and
action together for C. Lower,
A. Higher, Lower Higher
B. Lower, Lower D. Higher, Higher

Page 253
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
coupling and cohesion.

Page 254
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:228 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
of the total cost of the software development is spent on maintenance.
A. Six third
B. Two third
C. Four third
D. Eight third

Question No:229 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

is not the part of Peter Coad methodology.
A. Select places
B. Select actors
C. Select actions
D. Select participants

Question No:230 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

Which of the following sentence is true regarding user interface design?

A. The simpler the interface, the efficient is the system

B. The higher the response time, the better is the interface
C. Command-line interfaces are faster for some tasks which the user
needs to perform
D. GUI interfaces are good for all tasks which a user needs to perform
at an interface.

Question No:231 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM

In the case of in a system, module boundaries are not well
defined.
A. low coupling
B. high cohesion
C. high coupling
D. low cohesion

Page 255
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM

Page 256
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 WWW.VIRTUALINSPIRE.COM
Question No:232 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper RM
In UML Object Model Notation
A. Mathematical problems are visualized
B. C++ language-specific programs are constructed
C. Relationships among classes and sub-classes are
expressed Page 92
D. Graphs and tables are used to explain Software
Engineering principles

Question No:233 (Marks:1) Vu-Topper

RM Data Flow Diagram (DFD), one data store cannot directly copy
the data from another .
A. Flow
B. Agent
C. Process
D. Data store

DATE: 12/24/2022 CS504- SOFTWARE FROM MIDTERM

ENGEINRING-I PAPERS
(SOLVED MCQs) LECTURE (1-22)
[email protected] For More Visit: vulmshelp.com JUNAID MALIK
[email protected]
(0304-1659294)

Page 257
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
1. Whole part structure is also called
a. Generalization
b. Aggregation
c. Specialization
d. Association
2. A prototype is not the real product. It is rather just a real looking of what
would be eventually delivered and might not do anything useful.
a. Mock-up page 68
b. Ad-hoc
c. Design
d. Structure
3. In "Railway ticket reservation system" the roles such as inquiry, reservation, ticketing
and cancellation are to be performed by the user called:-
a. Passenger
b. System analyst
c. System developer
d. System designer
4. A useful technique for evaluating the overall complexity of a proposedarchitecture is to
look at the component's _.
a. number and size of components
b. flow dependencies and sharing dependencies
c. size and cost
d. function points
5. _ relationship is concerned with classes not with the class instantiates.
a. Association
b. Inheritance
c. Aggregation
d. Composition
6. Software development is a step-by-step process, and in phase of software
development Business Objective of an organization gets cleared.
a. Maintenance
b. Development
c. Definition
d. Vision
7. The data on which the program operates is also considered as part of the .
a. Important Data
b. Software page 01
c. Logical Data
d. Utility Software

Page 258
0304-1659294
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal 1
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
8. From the following which is/are not the example(s) of illegal data flow in Data Flow
Diagram (DFD)
a. External Agents directly communicating with each other
b. External Agent updating information in a DataStore
c. External Agent accessing information from a Data Store
d. There must be an intermediate process which should transform data received
from one external entity and then send the transformed data to the other external
entity
9. In sequence diagram, the objects are organized in a line and the events in a
time line.
a. Horizontal, straight
b. Vertical, straight
c. Horizontal, vertical
d. Vertical, horizontal
10.Consider the following piece of code:
public class Square extends Shape {
// some code
}
The above code is an example of:
a. Part-Whole relationship
b. Generalization/Specialization
c. Data Sharing
d. Data encapsulation
11.Requirement engineering mainly deals with the _ of the system
a. Vision Phase
b. Definition Phase page 16
c. Development Phase
d. Maintenance Phase
12.A relationship indicates that one entity is composed of one or more parts which
are themselves instances of that or another entity.
a. Inheritance
b. Whole-part
c. Generalization
d. Specialization
13.In UML Object Model Notation
a. C++ language-specific programs are constructed
b. mathematical problems are visualised
c. relationships among classes and sub-classes are expressed page 92
d. Graphs and tables are used to explain Software Engineering principles
14.In the case of , intra component linkages are stronger while inter component
linkages are
weak.
a. high cohesion

Page 259
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
0304-1659294 2

Page 260
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
b. low coupling _ thpaatgme u7s3t be remembered through time.
c. low cohesion
d. high coupling
15. Transactions are the
a. Events page 93
b. Actions
c. Triggers
d. Methods
16.The modules interacting with each other through message passing have
between them.
a. low cohesion
b. high cohesion
c. low coupling page 74
d. high coupling
17.In UML based Object Oriented model of a system, the inheritance relation between
two classes is shown by a sign towards the super-class side on the association
line between the two.
a. A filled diamond
b. An unfilled diamond
c. A half arrowhead
d. An arrowhead page 92
18.Which statement is not according to the software engineering principles? Software
engineering is a(n) .
a. Balancing act
b. Disciplined approach
c. Unsystematic approach page 5
d. Quantifiable approach
19.A is not the real product but just a real looking mock-up of what would be
eventually delivered.
a. Software
b. Program
c. Prototype(page 68)
d. Test Case
20.The best way to conduct a requirements validation review is to
a. examine the system model for errors
b. have the customer look over the requirements
c. send them to the design team and see if they have any concerns
d. use a checklist of questions to examine each requirement
21.More powerful hardware resulted into the development of powerful and
software.
a. less, complex
b. more, complex page 4
c. more, simple

Page 261
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
0304-1659294 3
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
d. less, simple

Page 262
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
0304-1659294 4

Page 263
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
22._ pointed out the elegant conceptual integrity exhibited by layered
organization of software systems, with the resulting gains in development and
maintenance ease.
a. David Parnas
b. Shaw and Garlan
c. Barry Boehm
d. EdsgerDijkstra page 115
23.The architecture components for product engineering are
a. data, hardware, software, people
b. data, documentation, hardware, software
c. data, hardware, software, procedures
d. documentation, hardware, people, procedures
24.In Object oriented design, combining the services offered by an object with the
attributes they work on, results in:
a) Lower coupling and stronger cohesion
b) Lower cohesion and stronger coupling
c) Increased likelihood of reuse
d) Decreases the modularity of the system
a. a only
b. band c
c. a and c
d. b and d
25.Architectural design process involves performing a number of activities which includes
system structuring, control modeling and .
a. System Analysis
b. Modular Decomposition page 120
c. Testing
d. Graphical User Interface
26.In use case diagram, the scope of the system is defined by:
a. Actor
b. Entity
c. System Boundary
d. "Extends"
relationship 27.Specialization
means
a. Calling the same method with object of child object
b. Hiding the data
c. Creating new subclasses from an existing class page 34 , 86
d. Abstraction
28.Which of the following sentence is true regarding user interface design?
a. GUI interfaces are good for all tasks which a user needs to perform at an
interface.
b. The higher the response time, the better is the
interface c. The simpler the interface, the efficient is the
system Page 264
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
0304-1659294 5

Page 265
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
d. Command-line interfaces are faster for some tasks which the user needs to
perform

Page 266
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
0304-1659294 6
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
29.In the architecture trade-off analysis method the architectural style should be described
using the
a. data Flow view and process view
b. data Flow view and module view
c. module view and process view
d. data Flow view, module view and process view page 136
30.In Data Flow Diagram, the entity or system, outside the boundary of this system is
called
a. Process
b. Data Flow
c. External Agent
d. Data Store
31.A cohesive Class is one which emphasizes on unit of functionality
a. Single
b. Multiple page 76
c. Static
d. Both Single and Multiple
32.The goal of is to translate the customer's desire for a set of defined
capabilities into a working product.
a. Electrical Engineering
b. Product Engineering
c. Hardware Engineering
d. Mechanical Engineering
33.In Object Oriented Design. layer contains the details that enable each object
to communicate with its collaborators
a. Subsystem
b. Responsibility
c. Message page 89
d. Object
34.A DFD is normally leveled (adding more levels of abstraction) as
a. it is a good idea in design
b. it is recommended by many experts
c. it is easy to do it
d. it is easier to read and understand a number of smaller DFDs than one large
DFD
35.As per Peter Coad's methodology, which of the following may NOT be a perfect
candidate for being an object?
a. Zone
b. Recipient
c. Garage
d. Password page 93 94

Page 267
0304-1659294
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal 7
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
36.Which of the given component of software engineering framework provides different
techniques that can be used to perform a particular task?
a. Processes
b. Tools
c. Methods page 12
d. Quality Focus
37.To determine the architectural style or combination of styles that best fits the Proposed
system requirements engineering is used to uncover
a. algorithmic complexity
b. characteristics and constraints page 126
c. control and data
d. design patterns
38.In _relationship, a class shares the structure and behavior defined in another
class.
a. Aggregation
b. Composition
c. Inheritance page 86
d. Uses
39.Prototyping is used when there is regarding requirements.
a. Uncertainty(page 68)
b. Confirmation
c. Conflict
d. Consensus
40.The process of utilizing our knowledge of computer science in effective production of
software systems is called
a. Chemical Engineering
b. Electrical Engineering
c. Computer Engineering
d. Software Engineering page 2
41.In Abbot's Textual Analysis technique, different parts of speech are identified
within the text of the specification and these parts are modeled using different
a. Event
b. Process
c. Operations
d. Components page 90
42.To help separate an object's external behavior from its implementation, the technique
used is called
a. Generalization
b. Association
c. Composition
d. Abstraction page 86

Page 268
0304-1659294
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal 8
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
43.A Process in Data Flow Diagram (DFD) represents
a. Flow of data
b. Transformation of data (page 49)
c. Storage of data
d. An external agent
44.In data flow diagram (DFD). Create, Update, Delete and Read operations are normally
called:
a. CRUD operations page 53
b. DURC operations
c. RUDC operations
d. CDUR operation
45.Collaboration diagram can show
a) Binary messages
b) Asynchronous messages
c) Synchronous messages
a. a only
b. b only
c. c only
d. both b and c page 111
46.Data cannot flow from one external entity to other external entity because
a. It will get corrupted
b. It is not allowed in DFD page 59
c. An external entity has no mechanism to read or write
d. Both are outside the context of the system
47.In Phase of software development, Requirement Engineer focuses on realizing
the Business Object of an under developed product.
a. Maintenance
b. Development page 16
c. Definition
d. Vision
48.Which of the following is not part of software architecture?
a. Databases
b. data design
c. program
structure d.
algorithm details
49.Selecting objects in a domain) include:
a. Actors. Participants and Places
b. Only Participants
c. Only Actors
d. Only Actors and Places
50.Defining the services of an object means:
a. What it does? Page 96
b. What it knows?
Page 269
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
0304-1659294 9

Page 270
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
c. Who knows it?
d. Whom it knows?

Page 271
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
0304-1659294 10

Page 272
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
51.In sequence diagram, the solid lines depict:
a. Objects (or classes)
b. Messages being sent from one object to the other page 107
c. Life-time of an object
d. state of the
object 52.Sequence
diagrams:
a. Provide the static behavior
b. Provide Data Flow
c. Provide a time-based view 106
d. Provide parallel data flow
53. requirements cause frequent modifications in user interface
a. Functional
b. Non-functional
c. Unstable page 62
d. User
54., security and maintainability are the types of requirements.
a. Non-functional page 120
b. Domain
c. Functional
d. Business
55. A change because of close presence of data and functions
becomes
a. Accessible
b. Global
c. Private
d. Localized page 81
56.System are built to allow the system engineer to evaluate the
system components in relationship to one another.
a. Requirements
b. Documents
c. Models page 42
d. Test cases
57.In phase of software development, requirement analyst focuses on possible
design of the proposed solution.
a. Maintenance
b. Development (page 16)
c. Definition
d. Vision
58.The focus of sequence diagrams is:
a. On objects/classes and messages exchanged among them (page 106)
b. On static Model of system
c. On object constraints
d. On the flow of Control
Page 273
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
0304-1659294 11

Page 274
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
59.In Data Flow Diagram (DFD), data flow can:
a. Only originate from an external entity
b. Only terminate in an external entity
c. Originate and terminate in an external entity
d. Either originate or terminate in an externalentity but not both
60.In the analyst determines all the sources of requirements and where do
theserequirements consume
a. Data Flow Analysis
b. Source and Sink Analysis (page 40)
c. Down Parsing
d. Up Parsing
61.In a top-down system analysis, a/an required to develop high level view of
thesystem at first.
a. Analyst page 54
b. Designer
c. Tester
d. Developer
62.The Use case diagram shows that which _ interact with each use case.
a. Use case
b. Actor page 32
c. Component
d. Relation
63.The context diagram is used as the top levelabstraction in a developed
according toprinciples of structured analysis.
a. Dataflow diagram (page 31)
b. Activity Diagram
c. State Transition Diagram
d. Use Case Diagram
64.Different messages in sequence diagrams includes:
a. Simple
b. Asynchronous
c. Notify
d. Both Simple and Asynchronous page 108
65.A software requirement document describes all the provided by the system
along with the constraints under which it must operate.
a. Conditions
b. Services page 23
c. Events
d. Processes
66.In case of a message, the called routine that handles the message iscompleted
before the caller resumes execution.
a) Synchronous
b) Asynchronous
c) Bidirectional
a. a only page 108

Page 275
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
0304-1659294 12
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
b. b only
c. c only
d. both b and c

Page 276
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
0304-1659294 13

Page 277
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
67.In object oriented design, layer contains the data structures and
algorithmic design for all attributes and operations for each object.
a. Subsystem
b. Class and Object
c. Message
d. Responsibility page 89
68.Asynchronous messages:
a. are implemented as operation call
b. These block caller before response
c. occurs in multi-threaded applications (page 109)
d. are shown by dotted line
69.In UML based object oriented model of a system, a composition relation between two
objects is shown by a sign on the whole side of a relation line.
a. An unfilled diamond
b. A filled diamond
c. A half diamond
d. A dot
70.In UML based Object Oriented Model of a system, the diamond sign is used to depict
relations between two objects/classes.
a. Aggregation and Association
b. Inheritance and Association
c. Composition and Aggregation
d. Composition, Aggregation and Association
71.A “register” in “Point of sale system” is an example of:
a. Actor
b. Participant
c. Tangible thing page 100
d. Transaction
72.A use case represents
a. A class, it attributes and operation
b. An operation’s inter faces and signature
c. The role a user plays when interaction with the system page 32
d. The system’s functionality for a particular purpose
73.In the case of approach, data is decomposed according to functionality
requirements.
a. Object-oriented
b. Action-oriented page 80
c. Event-oriented
d. Process-oriented
74.To construct a system model the engineer should consider one of the following
restraining factors?
a. Assumptions and constraints
b. Budget and expenses
c. Data object and operation
Page 278
0304-1659294
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal 14
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
d. Schedule and milestone

Page 279
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
0304-1659294 15
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
75.When two components of a system are using the same global data area, they are related
as
a. Data coupling
b. Content coupling
c. Common coupling google
d. External coupling
76.Structure represents the internal organization of the various data and control items.
a. Data
b. Value
c. Information
d. Conceptual
77.The method of dividing and assigning different portions of a large system to
different groups for construction is called _
a. Work Breakdown Structure (page 119)
b. Working Boundary Structure
c. Work Basic Structure
d. Work Breakdown System
78."A car is made up of a body, three or four wheels, a steering mechanism. a breaking
mechanism and a power-engine"
The above statement is example of :
a. Whole-Part relationship page 95
b. Inheritance
c. Specialization
d. Generalization
79.In software engineering paradigm, any engineering approach must be founded on
organizational commitment to .
a. Cost
b. Scheduling
c. Quality (page 15)
d. Performance
80.is a technique that can be used to reduce customer dissatisfaction at
requirement stage.
a. Analysis
b. Negotiation
c. Prototyping (page 71)
d. GUI
81.Which of the following activities are included in the design process of a software
architecture _?
a. System Development and Deployment
b. Architectural Analysis and Testing
c. Requirement Specifications of the system
d. System Structuring and Modular Decomposition

Page 280
0304-1659294 16
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
82.In UML based Object Oriented model of a system, the association relation between
two objects is depicted by .
a. A straight line
b. A filled diamond sign on the whole side of the line
c. An unfilled diamond sign on the whole side of the line
d. Any arrowhead sign on one side of the line

83.are kind of umbrella activities that are used to smoothly and successfully perform
the construction activities
a. Designee activities
b. Management activities (page 14)
c. Testing activities
d. Maintenance activities
84.Software Design discusses aspect of software development
a. What
b. How
c. Who
d. When
85.Include and extend relationship is used in UML notation of a/an .
a. Activity Diagram
b. Data Flow Diagram
c. Entity Relationship Diagram
d. Use Case Model
86.External Entity may be
a. source of input data only
b. source of input data or destination of results
c. destination of results only
d. repository of data
87.An object model of a system captures the structure of a system.
a. Static page 93
b. dynamic
c. iterative
d. Hierarchical
88.The criteria used to assess the quality of an architectural design should be based on
system
a. accessibility and
reliability b. data and control
c. functionality
d. implementation details
89.In case of approach, decomposition of a problem revolves around data
a. Object-oriented
b. Action-oriented page 80
c. Event-oriented

Page 281
0304-1659294
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal 17
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
d. Process-oriented

Page 282
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
0304-1659294 18
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
90.How can we implement generalization in Object Oriented programming languages?
a. Polymorphism
b. Encapsulation
c. Abstraction
d. Inheritance
91.Which of the following is NOT among one of the four layers of the Object Oriented
(OO) design pyramid
a. The subsystem layer
b. The class and object layer
c. The Abstract layer page 89
d. The message layer
92.is a technique in which we construct a model of an entity based upon its essential
characteristics and ignore the inessential details.
a. Inheritance
b. Polymorphism
c. Aggregation
d. Abstraction page 79
93.The project manager would need document to monitor and track the progress
of the project.
a. Design
b. Project
c. Requirement page 18
d. Planning
94.In the case of action-oriented approach data is decomposed according to:
a. Object requirements
b. Functionality requirements
c. Corresponding domain model
d. Compatibility with object interface
95.An architectural style encompasses which of the following elements?
a. Constraints, Set of Components and Semantic Models page 126
b. Set of Components and Semantic Models
c. Semantic Models and Constraints
d. Set of Components and Constraints
96.In order to determine the role and responsibilities of the identified objects, we need
to consider which of the following step(s):
a) Who I am?
b) What I know?
c) Who I know?
d) What I do?
a. a only
b. a and b
c. b, cand d page 102
d. cand d

Page 283
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
0304-1659294 19
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
97.In sequence diagram, the boxes denote:
a. Objects (or classes) page 106
b. Messages, sent from one object to other
c. Life-time of Objects
d. Relationships
98.is a system component that provides services to other components but would not
normally be considered as a separate system.
a. Method
b. Module page 121
c. Message
d. Relationship
99. A tangible entity in the real life is called .
a. Functions
b. Object page 85
c. Class
d. Sub-Class
100. Sequence of messages can be present in:
a) Use case diagram
b) Sequence diagram
c) Collaboration diagram
a. a only
b. b only
c. c only
d. b and c
101. The system model template contains which of the following elements
a. Input
b. Output
c. System Out
d. Input/Output
102. Identify the TRUE statement:
a. Normally Object Oriented design is more maintainable than functional oriented.
b. Software with Functional oriented design does not fulfill non functional
requirements.
c. Object Oriented design cannot implement "Separation of concerns" strategy
d. Function Oriented design does not lead to an efficient product
103. An external entity that interacts with a system is called a(n):
a. Use case
b. Actor
c. Stakeholder
d. Association
104. By levelling a DFD (adding more levels of abstraction) we mean
a. Splitting it into different levels
b. Make its structure uniform

Page 284
0304-1659294
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal 20
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
c. Expanding a process into one with more sub-processes giving more detail
d. Summarizing a DFD to specify only the essentials

Page 285
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
0304-1659294 21

Page 286
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
105. Software Engineering is the combination of tools, techniques and .
a. Testing
b. Processes page 6
c. Maintenance
d. Design
106. _ is concerned with decomposing a system into interacting sub-
systems.
a. System Structuring
b. Control Modeling
c. Modular Decomposition page 121
d. Work Breakdown Structure
107. There are most important characteristics of an object.
a. Six
b. Four
c. Two
d. Three
108. “System should maintain transaction log of every transaction”
The above statement is an example of
a. Functional requirement
b. Non-functional requirement
c. Pseudo requirement
d. Both Non-functional and Pseudo requirements
109. In object oriented approach, are the people and organizations that
take part in the system under consideration.
a. Actors
b. Places
c. Participants
d. Tangible things
110. The modules that interact with each other through message passing have
.
a. Low coupling page 73
b. High coupling
c. Low cohesion
d. High cohesion
111. Identifying Whole-part structures (Aggregations) means what are my

a.
Components page 94
b.
Attributes
c.
Methods
d.
Messages
112. In “point of sale system “ the term payment represents
a. Actor
b. Participant

Page 287
0304-1659294
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal 22
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
c. Transaction (page 99)
d. Container

Page 288
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
0304-1659294 23

Page 289
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
113. Return values in synchronous messages are:
a. Compulsory
b. May not used when response is obvious (page 109)
c. Not used at all
d. Represented by solid lines
114. GUI stand for
a. Generic user interface
b. Graphic user interface
c. Generic user interaction
d. Graphical user interaction
115. Which of the following is not the object model principle?
a. Abstraction
b. Encapsulation
c. Hierarchy or inheritance
d. Exposure page 86
116. The system specification describes the
a. function and behavior of a computer-based system
b. implementation of each allocated system element
c. algorithmic detail and data structures
d. time required for system simulation
117. The provides the software engineer with a viewof the system as a
whole.
a. Process Model
b. Architectural Model
c. Business model
d. Requirements Model
118. Requirement engineering focuses on aspect of the software
development process.
a. Both what and how
b. What
c. How
d. why and how
119. An arrow in Data Flow Diagram (DFD) represents
a. Direction of flow of data
b. Processing of data
c. External agent
d. Internal agent
120. The relationship is kind of a generalization specialization
relationship.
a. Bit-Byte
b. Uses
c. Binary
d. Extends

Page 290
0304-1659294
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal 24
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
121. In the case of _ in a system, module boundaries are not well defined.
a. low cohesion
b. high coupling
c. low coupling
d. high cohesion
122. Component of software engineering framework provides automated
or semi-automated support in a software development.
a. Processes
b. Methods
c. Quality
Focus d. Tools
123. In Data Flow Diagram (DFD), one data store cannot directly copy the data from
another .
a. Agent
b. Process
c. Data store
d. Flow
124. All the documents related to the software are alsoconsidered as partof the
.
a. Physical Document
b. Logical Document
c. Relational
Database d. Software
125. Which elements of business processing engineering are the responsibilities of
the software engineer?
a. business area analysis
b. business system design
c. product planning
d. information strategy planning
126. A class will be cohesive if:
a. Class does not implement Complex interfaces
b. Class does not have complex methods
c. If most of the methods do not use most of the data members most of the time
d. If most of the methods use most of the data members most of the time
127. A context diagram is used
a. As the first step in developing a detailed DFD of a system
b. In systems analysis of very complex systems
c. As an aid to system design
d. As an aid to programmers
d. Association
a. Aggregation b.
Abstraction
c. Inheritance

Page 291
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
0304-1659294 25
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
_ is an extremely powerful
technique for dealing with
complexity.

Page 292
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
0304-1659294 26
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
129. In multiprocessing applications, different execution threads may pass
information to one another by sending to each other.
a. Interrupt calls
b. Synchronous messages
c. Asynchronous messages
d. System calls
130. Normally a system is more easy to modify if its modules have
a. High coupling and high cohesion
b. High coupling and low cohesion
c. Low coupling and high cohesion
d. Low coupling and Low cohesion
131. UML is a language for
a. High-level Programming
b. Low-level Programming
c. Modeling and Design
d. Creating diagrams only
132. is not the part of Peter Coad methodology
a. Select actors
b. Select participants
c. Select places
d. Select actions
133. Which of the following is the external quality of software product?
a. Correctness
b. Concision
c. cohesion
d. Low coupling
134. While establishing the services for an object, the goal is to keep data and
action together for coupling and cohesion
a. Lower, Higher
b. Higher, Lower
c. Lower, Lower
d. Higher, Higher
135. A necessary supplement to transform or transaction mapping needed
to create a complete architectural design is
a. entity relationship diagrams
b. the data dictionary
c. processing narratives for each module
d. test cases for each module
136. Construction activities are directly related to software .
a. Management
b. Planning
c. Quality Assurance
d. Development

Page 293
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
0304-1659294 27
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
137. OOD results in a design that achieves a number of different levels of
.
a. Operation
b. Event page 89
c. Modularity
d. Process
138. At which stage of software development loop, results are delivered?
a. Problem definition
b. Solution integration
c. Technical development
d. Status quo
Requirements are often called product features.
a. Functional
b. Non-functional
c. Developer
d. User
140. Strong cohesion implies that
a. All parts of component have a class logical relationship with each other
b. All part of component do not have a close logical relationship with each other
c. Component is dynamic in nature
d. Component is static in nature
141. Diagram does not capture control flow information; it just
shows the flow of the data in a system.
a. Sequence
b. Data Flow
c. Activity
d. Class
142. A life line represents the object's life during the interaction in a
sequence diagram while its notation is depicted by
a. Solid Lines
b. Dotted Lines
c. Full Arrow
d. Curved Lines
143. An attribute that varies over time, e.g. price of an item, should be
replaced by a/an _ with an effective date and value
a. Additional Class
b. Additional Method/Function
c. Interface
d. Structure
144. Which of the given component of software engineering framework
demands rational and Timely development of a software?
a. Tools
b. Methods
c. Quality Focus

Page 294
0304-1659294
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal 28
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
d. Processes

Page 295
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
0304-1659294 29
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
145. A context diagram
a. describes detailed design of a system
b. is a DFD which gives an overview of the system
c. is a detailed description of a system
d. is not used in drawing a detailed DFD
146. Which one is not a part of Software Development phase?
a. Construction
b. Scope My Point of View
c. Project Vision
d. Definition
147. Software architecture must address requirement of a software
system
a. Functional
b. Non Functional
c. User interface Requirements
d. Both Functional and Non Functional

Page 296
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
148. If Cat is derived from Mammal Class, and Mammal is derived
from Animal Class, then:
a. Cat will inherit Animal's functions and data
b. Cat will not inherit Animal's functions and data
c. Cat will not be able to access any class
d. Cat is allowed to access only the Mammal's Class
149. Which of the following is not supported by a maintainable design?
a. Change
b. debugging
c. Adding new features
d. Higher maintenance cost
150. The condition that must be met before the use case can be invoked,
is called:
a. Pre-Condition
b. Post-Condition
c. Pre-Assertion
d. Post-Assertion

Static component of an OOA model are _____________

Focus on control
Not reusable
Sensitive to timing and event processing
Structural in nature

OOA is intended to define __________ their relationships, an their behavior.

Variables
Classes
Objects
Subjects

The vision statement should reflect a balanced view that will satisfy the need of diverse
customers.

Use cases describe the system as a ___________________ and hide the internal details from the user.

Black box
White box
Key box
Inbox

Page 297
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP

In sequence diagram a message is represented by a/an _______________

Arrow
Straight line
Dotted line
Box

_______________ design decisions should be ones that remain constant in software development
cycle.
Early
Late
Heterogeneous
Both a and b

The data model consists of three pieces of interrelated information. Which of the following is not
a piece of interrelated information?
Attribute
Data objects
Relationships
Controls

VIRTUAL UNIVERSITY FORUM

Download past papers, Video Lectures, Handouts, Study Software

SEARCH
Pages

Home

 
All (Mid + Final) Past Papers

 
All Recent Papers

 
Page 298
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Lecture Handouts

 
VU Lectures

More…

CS504 Software Engineering

Finalterm MCQ's (Solved),
Spring 2014
August 29, 2014

CS504 – Software Engineering - I

Recent Papers MCQ’s

 Solved by Abdul Fahd MCS-3rd and Saif BSCS-4th

Writing test cases and generating test data are processes that demand __________ building

capabilities.

Code
Page 299
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Domain

System

Scenario         scenario-building                   (correct)

What types of errors are missed by black-box testing and can be uncovered by whitebox

testing?

Runtime errors

Logic errors               (correct)

Performance errors

Input errors

The cyclomatic complexity metric provides the designer with information regarding the

number of ___________.

Statements in the program

Cycles in the program

Errors in the program

Independent logic paths in the program                             207      (correct)

The best reason for using Independent software test teams is that

Software developers do not need to do any testing            (correct)

Strangers will test the software mercilessly

Testers do not get involved with the project until testing begins

The conflicts of interest between developers and testers is reduced

__________ is intended to define a many to many relationship between objects so that when
Page 300
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
one object changes state all its dependants are notified and updated automatically.

Observer Pattren                   (correct)

Facade Pattren

Singleton Pattren

Joint Pattren

________ ensures that a class only has one instance and provides a global point of access to

it.

Behavioral Pattern

Joint Pattern

Singleton Pattern                               145      (correct)

Observer Pattern

Inspections cannot check __________ characteristics.

Non-Functioanl                                 213      (correct)

Business

User

Functional

Secondary private classes can be declared as __________ and reside in the file of the class

they belong to.

Asynchronous Classes

Inner classes                           158      (correct)

Outer classes

Synchronous classes

Page 301
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
The construction should appear at the __________ of the header file.

Top                 (correct)

Bottom

Left

Right

In the switch statement, cases should always end with ________.

Return

Semi colon

Break                          170      (correct)

Full stop

Modularity is a tool that can help us in ________ the size of individual functions.

Stabilizing

Reducing                    173      (correct)

Increasing

Strengthening

Abstraction and encapsulation are two important tools that can help in managing and

mastering the _________ of a program.

Usability

Complexity                 173      (correct)

Understandability

Reliability
Page 302
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
One of the guidelines to avoid common mistakes is to never use ________ except for

declaration.

,                       comma ,          (correct)

||

Which of the following is/are NOT one of the umbrella activities?

Requirement analysis

Architecture design

Test case development

All of the given options                     (correct)

In a …………., each program module is represented by a rectangular box.

Use case diagram                   33                    (correct)

Class diagram

Document flow diagram

Data flow diagram

……………… is a diagramming technique used to identify the types of objects in the system

and the static relationships that exist among them.

Class Diagram                       (correct)

Document flow diagrams

Data flow diagrams

Page 303
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Flow charts

Which one is NOT a type of messages which Sequence Diagrams Depict _______

Asynchronous

Synchronous

Create

Update                        108                  (correct)

Identifying Whole-Part structures (Aggregations) means, what are my ---------------

Components                           95                    (correct)

Structures

Modules

Interaction Protocols

The design process for identifying the sub-systems making up a system and the

framework for sub-system control and communication is:

Architectural Design                         115                  (correct)

Interface Design

Component Design

Data Design

A complex System evolves from a

Smaller system

Simpler system                       69                    (correct)

Bigger system
Page 304
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Medium system

A context diagram ______

Describes the context dependencies of a system

Is a DFD which gives an overview of the system                (correct)

Is a detailed description of a system

Is not used in drawing a detailed DFD

When measure of independence of a module or component is low to the other,

How would changes in one component have effect on other component?

No

Low

High                (correct)

Equal

What is meant by the term ‘software crisis’?

Ability to deliver software on time with good quality

A situation in which experienced developers leave the company

Inability of new software to inter-operate with existing software                (correct)

A situation in which large scale software projects took more time and budget than

was planned               

Which is not included in test criteria applied in a phase of testing?

Functional validity

Page 305
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Interface integrity

Correctness

Programming Logic              (correct)

For inspections, --------------- are prepared that contain information regarding defects.

Tables

Checklists                   210                  (correct)

Lists

Frames

Static analyzers are software tools for --------------- processing.

Analysis text

Source text                 211                  (correct)

Design text

Maintainence Text

Holistic medicine, concerns itself with the state of the body as a whole, not the -----------

that is currently attacking it.

Target

Reason

Disease            224                  (correct)

Source

What factor has no precipitation in more sophisticated and complex computer-based

systems?
Page 306
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Vast use of personal computers.                  (correct)

Vast increases in computer memory and storage capacity.

Greater variety of exotic input/output options.

Profound changes in computer architectures.

Software Bugs have multiple names. Which one of the below is not the name of Software

Bugs?

Bugs

Defects

Errors

Mistakes         213                  (correct)

Unit testing is roughly equivalent to __________ testing for hardware in which each chip is

tested thoroughly after manufacturing.

Circuit level

Chip Level                 207                  (correct)

Component level

System level

Equivalence __________ help you in designing test cases to test the system effectively and

efficiently.

Functions

Classes                        202                  (correct)

Objects

Interfaces

Page 307
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
___________ are used to describe flow of data or control in an application.

Code structures

String matching.

Paths

Flow graphs                           203                  (correct)

Writing test cases and generating test data are processes that demand __________ building

capabilities.

Domain

System

Scenario                                 198                  (correct)

Code

The raising of the imaginary error flag is simply called raising or _________ an error.

Throwing                               187                  (correct)

Sending

Casting

Handling

 _________ requirements are often called product features.

Functional

Business                      22                    (correct)

User

Non-functional
Page 308
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Many compilers limit the maximum number of bits in the bit field to the size of a(n)

_________.

Integer                        183                  (correct)

Float

Character

Double

In Java, ">>" is used for _______ shift and ">>>" for _________ shift.

Arithmetic, Logical                           181                  (correct)

Mathematical, Logical

Incremental, Arithmetic

Logical, Arithmetic

When large amount of data is to be shared, repository model is used. This model has

been extensively used in the _______ based application.

Mainframe                             130                  (correct)

Super Computers

Personal Computers

Real time

There are four basic coding structures: sequence, if statement, case statement, and

___________.

For loop

While loop                              203                  (correct)

Page 309
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Switch statement

Logical operations

___________ is only a reference for defining protocols and designing and implementing

systems developed by different parties.

OSI model

Reference architecture                                 137                  (correct)

Layered architecture

N-tier architecture

The pattern movement became very quiet until __________ when patterns appeared again

at OOPSLA conference.

1987                            141                  (correct)

1988

1962

1995

STL Stands for ______________.

Standard Temporary Line

Standard Temporary Library

Standard Template Library                                     141                  (correct)

Standard Type Link

MVC stands for ____________.

Modern View Center

Page 310
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Model View Controller                                 143                  (correct)

Modern View Controller

Model View Center

________ ensures that a class only has one instance and provides a global point of access to

it.

Singleton Pattern                               145                  (correct)

Observer Pattern

Behavioral Pattern

Joint Pattern

Which design pattern provides a unified interface to a set of interfaces in a sub-system?

Façade                                    146                  (correct)

Singleton

Observer

Joint

Testing activities require destructive instincts in __________ for the purpose of breaking

system to discover loopholes into its functionality.

Bug Fixers

Tester                                     198                  (correct)

Developer

Requirement Engineer

Camel Case is now the official convention for file names and identifiers in the ________
Page 311
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
programming language.

C#

C++

Java                            152                  (correct)

Visual Basic.Net

In presence of _________ bug in a program, the results are the opposite of what is

expected.

Memory Leak

Memory Over-runs

Syntax Error

Logical Error                                     221                  (correct)

Split lines occur when a statement exceed the _______ column limit.

80                                158                  (correct)

90

95

85

Identifier names play a significant role in enhancing the ____________ of a program.

Writability

Readability                             151                  (correct)

Reliability

Usability

Page 312
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
"is" prefix should be used for__________ variables and methods.

Static

General

Boolean                                  155                  (correct)

Constant

Comments should be indented relative to their position in the _______.

Code                           165                  (correct)

Design

Analysis

Requirements

Modularity is a tool that can help us in ________ the size of individual functions.

Stabilizing

Reducing                                173                  (correct)

Increasing

Strengthening

When planning for performance, one should always remember the _______ rule.

80/20                                       180                  (correct)

70/20

60/20

100/20

Which of the items listed below is NOT one of the software engineering layers?
Page 313
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Tools

Process

Manufacturing                      (correct)

Methods

Which of the following is a non-functional requirement of a website which sells

songs?

A catalogue of the stock needs to be available for the users to choose from

Customer information should be retained to allow future transactions easier

Users should be able to choose from a set of different languages for the interface

Time taken to download songs in the catalogue should not irritate users            (correct)

The state transition diagram ______

Depicts relationships between data objects

Depicts functions that transform the data flow

Indicates how data are transformed by the system                        (correct)

Indicates system reactions to external events

Control flow diagrams are:

Needed to model event driven systems

Required for all systems

Used in place of data flow diagrams                       (correct)

Useful for modeling user interfaces

Prototyping _____
Page 314
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Ensures getting the design right the first time

Is the execution of the standard systems development cycle using CASE tools.

Is used to verify if a key process is feasible             (correct)

Involves an iterative development process with minimum end use involvement.

Identifying Whole-Part structures (Aggregations) means, what are my -------------

Components

Structures                  98                    (correct)

Modules

Interaction Protocols

Software architecture is "The _______ of the components of a program/system,

their interrelationships, and principles and guidelines governing their design and evolution

over time".

Combination

Collection

Structure                    120                  (correct)

Unification

The object-behavior model indicates how the system ________

Functions in the operating environment

Objects collaborate with one another                      (correct)

Responds to external stimuli

Responds to internal stimuli

Page 315
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Perry and Wolfe proposed the following formula for software architecture:

Software architecture = {Forms, Rationale}

Software architecture = {Elements, Forms, Rationale}                 125                  (correct)

Software architecture = {Parts, Rationale}

Software architecture = {Parts, Elements}

Repository model also provides the ---------------------- view of the system.

Global                         130                  (correct)

Local

General

Private

In the case of zero-install, the network environment is used to ______ server side

processing by adding a number of servers which share processing load.

Distribute                   133                  (correct)

Centeralize

Shift

De-Synchronize

Requirement Statement and Requirement Specification are also called

Requirement Definition and ________

Functional Specification                   28                    (correct)

Mathematical specification

System Specification

Cost Specification

Page 316
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Which of the following is not a fundamental structured programming construct?

Recursion                   (correct)

Condition

Repetition

Sequence

For equivalence partitions, we divide the problem in ----------- obvious categories of

equal strings

2                      202                  (correct)

Which is not included in test criteria applied in a phase of testing?

Functional validity

Interface integrity

Correctness

Programing Logic                 (correct)

Static analyzers are software tools for --------------- processing.

Analysis text

Source text                 214                  (correct)

Design text

Maintainence Text
Page 317
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
The first “bug” was actually a moth, which flew through an open window and into one of

the Mark --------- 's relays.

II                     216                  (correct)

III

IV

Holistic medicine, concerns itself with the state of the body as a whole, not the -----------

that is currently attacking it.

Target

Reason

Disease                        (correct)

Source

Bugs Fixing is done by which of the teams in Software Development lifecycle?

Development Team               (correct)

Testing Team not sure

Analysis & Design Team

Process Team

Which of the following testing involve purely black box testing?

Unit testing, Beta testing

Acceptance testing, Interface testing

Beta testing, Acceptance testing                   (correct)

Page 318
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Integration testing, Interface testing

 A memory leak bug is one in which memory is somehow allocated from either the

operating system or an ---------- "pool", but never deallocated when the memory is finished

being used.

External memory

Mixed memory

Internal Memory                   219                  (correct)

Mutually exculive memory

Equivalence __________ help you in designing test cases to test the system

effectively and efficiently.

Functions

Classes                        202                  (correct)

Objects

Interfaces

___________ are used to describe flow of data or control in an application.

Code structures

String matchings

Paths

Flow graphs               203                  (correct)

_________ requirements are often called product features.

Functional
Page 319
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Business                      (correct)

User

Non-functional

In Java, ">>" is used for _______ shift and ">>>" for _________ shift.

Arithmetic, Logical               (correct)

Mathematical, Logical

Incremental, Arithmetic

Logical, Arithmetic

When large amount of data is to be shared, repository model is used. This model has

been extensively used in the _______ based application.

Mainframe                 130                  (correct)

Super Computers

Personal Computers

Real time

Idea of zero install architecture is to develop a system where no installation on the _____

is needed.

Client side                  133                  (correct)

Server Side

Client & Server Side

Network

___________ is only a reference for defining protocols and designing and implementing
Page 320
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
systems developed by different parties.

OSI model

Reference architecture                     137                  (correct)

Layered architecture

N-tier architecture

Description of communicating objects and classes that are customized to solve a general

design in a particular context is called __________.

Design Pattren                       140                  (correct)

System Pattren

System Design

Design System

Which of the following is the correct formula for calculating cyclomatic complexity of a

program ?

V-N+2

E-V+2

E - N + 2 208              (correct)

E+N–2

In unit testing, developers test ___________ code units (modules, classes, etc.) during

implementation.

Other's

Their own                  210                  (correct)

Mixed code of people

Hidden Page 321

Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Performance & Usability are examples of _________ requirements.

Business

Functional

Non-Functional                     213                  (correct)

User

33.Which of the following is the correct definition for software testing ?

The process of demonstrating that errors are not present

The process of establishing confidence that a program does what it is supposed to do

The process of executing a program to show it is working as per specifications

The process of executing a program with the intent of finding errors                 (correct)

The code is misbehaving in a way that cannot be easily explained.

The above statement is the symptom of ___________.

Runtime Error

Logical Error                         221

Memory Leak

Exception

Secondary private classes can be declared as __________ and reside in the file of the class

they belong to.

Asynchronous Classes

Inner classes               158                  (correct)

Outer classes
Page 322
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Synchronous classes

Split lines occur when a statement exceed the _______ column limit.

80                    158                  (correct)

90

95

85

Identifier names play a significant role in enhancing the ____________ of a program.

Writability

Readability                 151                  (correct)

Reliability

Usability

Names representing methods and functions should be ________ and written in mixed case

starting with ________ case.

Noun, Lower

Noun, Upper

Verb, Upper

Verb, Lower              (correct)

"is" prefix should be used for__________ variables and methods.

Static

General

Boolean                      155                  (correct)

Page 323
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Constant

If you are initializing a variable at the time of declaration, do not declare another

_______in the same statement.

Variable                     179                  (correct)

Object

Class

Module

 A change becomes ------------- because of close presence of data and fucntions

Localized                    (correct)

Private

Global

Accessible

Which of the following is NOT an objective for building an analysis model?

Develop an abbreviated solution for the problem              (correct)

Establish basis for software design

Define set of software requirements

Describe customer requirements

Data flow diagrams are used to handle processes involved in ________

Business Process Transformation

Flow of data               53                    (correct)

Flow of information
Page 324
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Cost estimation

The first most important study in developing any system is to indentify

Purpose of the system                       (correct)

Implementation of the system

Design of the system

Architecture of the system not sure _

Software Architecture is all about ________

Requirements gathering

Design                         (correct)

Coding

Testing

Dynamic components of an OOA model are ____________________

Not reusable

Sensitive to timing and event processing                 (correct)

Stable throughout the operational life of an application

Structural in nature

UML (unified modeling language) analysis modeling focuses on the _________________ .

Behavioral model and environment model.                        (correct)

Behavioral model and implementation model.

User model and environmental model

User model and structural model

Page 325
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Perry and Wolfe proposed the following formula for software architecture:

Software architecture = {Forms, Rationale}

Software architecture = {Elements, Forms, Rationale}                 (correct)

Software architecture = {Parts, Rationale}

Software architecture = {Parts, Elements}

Repository model also provides the ---------------------- view of the system

Global                         130                  (correct)

Local

General

Private

Which of the below is NOT a part of Architectural styles?

Data Center architecture

Client Server Architecture

Hirerical Architercture                     129                  (correct)

Layered Architecture

Consider the following scenario:

“Student logins the system and checks his/her lecture schedule”

Keeping in mind the use case diagram, and above scenario the one of the post conditions

might be:

Student should have a login

System should be available

Page 326
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Student should log-off after checking schedule                  (correct)

Lecture schedule should be displayed date wise

When measure of independence of a module or component is low to the other,

How would changes in one component have effect on other component?

No

Low

High                (correct)

Equal

One of the most powerful features of exception handling is that an error can be ----------

over function boundaries.

Thrown                      187                  (correct)

Called back

Caught

Sent

What is the normal order of activities in which software testing is organized?

Unit, integration, system, validation                        (correct)

System, integration, unit, validation

Unit, integration, validation, system

Integration, unit, system, validation

Two tests are considered to be equivalent if it is believed that: if one discovers a defect,

the other probably will too, and if one does not discover a defect, ---------------------------------.
Page 327
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
The other probably may

The other probably can

The other probably won’t either                 202                  (correct)

The other probably will

For equivalence partitions, we divide the problem in ----------- obvious categories of

equal strings

2                      (correct)

In -------------- testing we test the structure of the program.

White Box                  201                  (correct)

Black Box

System

Regression

Static analyzers are software tools for --------------- processing.

Analysis text

Source text                 214                  (correct)

Design text

Maintainence Text

Unit testing is roughly equivalent to __________ testing for hardware in which each chip is
Page 328
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
tested thoroughly after manufacturing.

Circuit level

Chip Level                 210                  (correct)

Component level

System level

20.A SRS is said to be __________ if and only if, every requirement stated therein has only one

interpretation.

Compact

Unambiguous                        (correct)

Consistant

Detailed

 In Java, ">>" is used for _______ shift and ">>>" for _________ shift

Arithmetic, Logical               (correct)

Mathematical, Logical

Incremental, Arithmetic

Logical, Arithmetic

A(n) ________ is a variance from a desired product attribute

Error

Exception

Defect                         195                  (correct)

Mistake

Page 329
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
st cases should be generated for unit testing and system testing during _________.

Testing and maintenance respectively                     (correct)

Requirement analysis

Design and requirement analysis respectively

Coding and design respectively

a of zero install architecture is to develop a system where no installation on the _____ is

needed.

Client side                  133                  (correct)

Server Side

Client & Server Side

Network

________ is NOT a layer of operating system.

Core layer

Application layer

Presentation layer                 136                  (correct)

UI layer

26.patterns are devices that allow programs to share knowledge about their ___________.

Design                         140                  (correct)

Code

Analysis

Testing

Page 330
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Which design pattern provides a unified interface to a set of interfaces in a sub-system?

Façade                        146                  (correct)

Singleton

Observer

Joint

In unit testing, developers test ___________ code units (modules, classes, etc.) during

implementation.

Other's

Their own                  210                  (correct)

Mixed code of people

Hidden

Inspections cannot check __________ characteristics.

Non-Functioanl.                    213                  (correct)

Business

User

Functional

Performance & Usability are examples of _________ requirements.

Business

Functional

Non-Functional                     213                  (correct)

User

Page 331
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Inspections may be applied to any representation of the system which may include all

except __________.

Requirements

Design

Testing

Analysis                      213                  (correct)

Debuggers can be used to display values of _________ .

local variables only

global variables only

static variables only

both local and global variables                     229                  (correct)

The code is misbehaving in a way that cannot be easily explained.

The above statement is the symptom of ___________.

Runtime Error

Logical Error                         221                  (correct)

Memory Leak

Exception

Ideally speaking, a function should not be larger than _________lines of code and in any

case should not exceed one page in length.

20                    150                  (correct)

15

30

25 Page 332
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
CamelCase is now the official convention for file names and identifiers in the ________

programming language.

C#

C++

Java                152                  (correct)

Visual Basic.Net

Split lines occur when a statement exceed the _______ column limit.

80                    (correct)

90

95

85

37.The construction should appear at the __________ of the header file

Top                 160                  (correct)

Bottom

Left

Right

Identifier names play a significant role in enhancing the ____________ of a program.

Writability

Readability                 (correct)

Usability

Maintainability
Page 333
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
One of the guidelines to avoid common mistakes is to never use ________ except for declar

,                       (correct)

||

When planning for performance, one should always remember the _______ rule.

80/20               (correct)

70/20

60/20

100/20

 Following are some statements associated with data flow diagrams. Identify the correct

statement from among them.

DFDs are used to model complex interfaces.

DFDs are used to represent only functional processing, data stores and data movements

between functions.

DFDs depict only processes which can be decomposed.                (correct)

DFDs do not show external data sources and external data sinks.

A project is considered successful if:

The system was delivered in time and within budget.                    (correct)

The system meets at least some of the customer’s requirements.

The system development process has a maximum impact on the ongoing business process.
Page 334
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Minimum time was spent for requirement gathering and designing.

A process which does not take input is called ______

Miracle process                      (correct)

Core process

Secondary process

Zombie process

Data Flow Diagrams _______

Replace the job of systems analysts

Do not allow every function to work at the same time.

Can be automatically generated by computer aided software engineering tools

Describes how data flows from one logical processing unit to another                (correct)

In a …………., each program module is represented by a rectangular box.

Use case diagram                   (correct)

Document flow diagram

Class diagram

Data flow diagram

Identify the correct description.

The collection of use cases for a system constitutes all the defined ways the system may be

used.

UML stands for Unified Markup Language

State transition diagrams are drawn for objects with no significant dynamic behavior.
Page 335
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Object Model depicts the dynamic behavior of system                  (correct)

Dynamic components of an OOA model are ____________________

Not reusable

Sensitive to timing and event processing                 (correct)

Stable throughout the operational life of an application

Structural in nature

To determine the architectural style or combination of styles that best fits the proposed

system, requirements engineering is used to uncover:

Algorithmic complexity

Characteristics and constraints                    (correct)

Control and data

Design patterns

Krutchen’s 4+1 architectural view model proposes the development of ______ main views

4          There are 4 main views                     (correct)

Repository model also provides the ---------------------- view of the system.

Global             (correct)

Local

General
Page 336
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Private

Client server model tries to _______ data and processing.

Distribute                   130                  (correct)

Centralize

Process in parallel

Combine

We can divide the whole Software Engineering process in 4 distinct phases namely

vision, definition, development, and maintenance.

Which of the following is not among “Definition related” activities of software development?

Requirement verification

Change Control                     (correct)

Requirement Engineering

Software Requirements

What is meant by the term ‘software crisis’?

Ability to deliver software on time with good quality

A situation in which experienced developers leave the company

Inability of new software to inter-operate with existing software                        (correct)

A situation in which large scale software projects took more time and budget than

was planned

Which of the following are external qualities of a software product?

Maintainability, reusability, portability, efficiency, correctness

Page 337
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Correctness, reliability, robustness, efficiency, usability

Portability, interoperability, maintainability, reusability               (correct)

Robustness, efficiency, reliability, maintainability, reusability

Which writing style is best regarding identifier role in enhancing the readability of a

program?

If (Flag = = 0)

If (Flag = = START_NUMBER)

If (Z = = START_NUMBER)                      (correct)

If (Z= =0)

A useful technique for evaluating the overall complexity of a proposed architecture is to

look at the component

Number and size of components

Flow dependencies and sharing dependencies                   (correct)

Size and cost

Algorithms used

For equivalence partitions, we divide the problem in ----------- obvious categories of

equal strings

2                      (correct)

Page 338
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
In -------------- testing we test the structure of the program.

White Box                  (correct)

Black Box

System

Regression

Which is not included in test criteria applied in a phase of testing?

Functional validity

Interface integrity

Correctness

Programming Logic              (correct)

Inspections can check conformance with a specification but not conformance with the ---

----------requirements.

Customer's real                     213                  (correct)

Developer

Tester

Manger

 Static analyzers are software tools for --------------- processing.

Analysis text

Source text                 (correct)

Design text

Maintenance Text

Page 339
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Holistic medicine, concerns itself with the state of the body as a whole, not the -----------

that is currently attacking it.

Target

Reason

Disease                        (correct)

Source

Software deteriorates rather than wears out because

Software suffers from exposure to hostile environments

Defects are more likely to arise after software has been used often                     (correct)

Multiple change requests introduce errors in component interactions

Software spare parts become harder to order

Testing is an intellectually demanding activity and has a lifecycle ---------- to software

development.

Equal

Parallel                       198                  (correct)

Sequential

In contrast

A memory leak bug is one in which memory is somehow allocated from either the

operating system or an ---------- "pool", but never deallocated when the memory is finished

being used.

Mixed memory

External memory

Internal Memory                               219                  (correct) Page 340

Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Mutually exculive memory

___________ are used to describe flow of data or control in an application.

Code structures

String matchings

Paths

Flow graphs                           203                  (correct)

Domain model is ______________ step in making an efficient system.

Initial
Secondary
Last
Middle

Which of the following is not among directly related construction activities of software
development?

Management
Testing
Requirement Elicitation
Design development

The data flow diagram...

Depicts functions that transform the data flow AND Indicates how data is transformed by the system.
Control flow diagrams are...
Needed to model event driven systems.
The control specification represents the system behavior using UML sequence and state diagrams.
True
The data flow diagram must be augmented by min-spec that can serve as a guide the design of the
software component that will implement the process.
True
For purposes of behavior modeling an event occurs whenever...
The system and actor exchange information.
For purposes of behavior modeling a state is any...
Observable mode of behavior.
The state transition diagram... Page 341
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Indicates system reactions to external events
The UML sequence diagram show the order in which system events are processed.
False
Analysis patterns are discovered, they are not explicitly created.
True
It is not possible to justify the time required for WebApp requirements analysis.
False
Which is not one of the analysis activities that is used to create a complete analysis model?
Market analysis
Content objects are extracted from use cases by examining the scenario description for direct or
indirect content references.
True
What are the elements of a WebApp interaction model?
Use-cases, sequence diagrams, state diagrams, interface prototype.
UML activity diagrams can be used to represent the user observable functionality delivered by the
WebApp as well as the operations contained in each analysis class.
True
Configuration analysis focuses on the architecture of the user's web browsing environment.
False
Which of the following are areas of concern in the design model?
Architecture, data, and interfaces.
The importance of software design can be summarized in a single word:
Quality
Which of these are characteristics of a good design?
Implements all requirements in the analysis model AND provides a complete picture of the software.
Which of the following is not a characteristic common to all design methods?
Configuration management
What types of abstraction are used in software design?
Control, data, and procedural.
Which of the following can be used to represent the architectural design of a piece of software?
Dynamic models, Functional models, and Structural models.
Design patterns are not applicable to the design of object-oriented software?
False
Since modularity is an important design goal it is not possible to have too many modules in a proposed
design.
False
Information hiding makes program maintenance easier by hiding data and procedure from unaffected
parts of the program.
True
Cohesion is a qualitative indication of the degree to which a module...
Focuses on just one thing.
Coupling is a qualitative indication of the degree to which a module...
Is connected to other modules and the outside world.
When using structured design methodologies the process of stepwise refinement is unnecessary.
False
Software designs are refactored to allow the creation of software that is easier to integrate, easier to
test, and easier to maintain.
True
Which of the following is not one of the five design class types? Page 342
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Entity classes
Which design model elements are used to depict a model of information represented from the user's
view?
Architectural design
Which design model is equivalent to the detailed drawings of the access points and external utilities for
a house?
Interface design
Which design model is equivalent to a set of detailed drawings for each room in a house?
Component-level design
The deployment design elements specify the build order for the software components.
False
The best representation of system architecture is an operational software prototype.
False
An architectural genre will often dictate the architectural approach that may used for the structure to be
built.
True
An architectural style encompasses which of the following elements?
Constraints, Set of components, and Semantic models.
To determine the architectural style or combination of styles that best fits the proposed system,
requirements engineering is used to uncover...
Characteristics and constraints
Before an architectural pattern can be chosen for use in a specific system it must have a code
implementation to facilitate its reuse.
False
The criteria used to assess the quality of an architectural design should be based on system...
Control AND Data
During process of modeling the system in context, systems that interact with the target system are
represented as...
Peer-level systems, Subordinate systems, and Superordinate systems.
Once selected, archetypes always need to be refined further as architectural design proceeds.
True
Which of the following is not an example of infrastructure components that may need to be integrated
into the software architecture?
Interface components
In the architecture trade-off analysis method the architectural style should be described using the...
Data flow view, Module view, and Process view
Quantitative methods for assessing the quality of proposed architectural designs are readily available.
False
A useful technique for evaluating the overall complexity of a proposed architecture is to look at the
component...
Flow dependencies, Sharing dependencies
When the overall flow in a segment of a data flow diagram is largely sequential and follows straight-line
paths _________ is present.
Transform flow
When a single item that triggers other data flow along one of many paths ________ characterizes the
information flow in a segment of a data flow diagram is present.
Transaction flow

Page 343
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
The nature of software applications can be characterized by their information

complexity

content

determinacy

both b and c content and determinacy

Cohesion is an internal property of a module whereas coupling is its relationship with other modules.

As per Peter Coad's methodology, which of the following may NOT be a

perfect candidate for being an object?

Folder
Bin
Student
Size

CS504 Midterm MCQs from 1-22 Lectures

Lecture-01
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1
INCORRECT Which question no longer concerns the modern software engineer?

Why does computer hardware cost so much?

A)

Why does software take a long time to finish?

B)

Why does it cost so much to develop a piece of software?

C)

Why can't software errors be removed from products prior to delivery?

D)
Page 344
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
2 CORRECT
Today the increased power of the personal computer has brought about an
abandonment of the practice of team development of software.

True
A)

False
B)
3 CORRECT
Software is a product and can be manufactured using the same technologies
used for other engineering artifacts.

True
A)

False
B)
4
INCORRECT Software deteriorates rather than wears out because

Software suffers from exposure to hostile environments

A)

Defects are more likely to arise after software has been used often
B)

Multiple change requests introduce errors in component interactions

C)

Software spare parts become harder to order

D)
5
INCORRECT Most software continues to be custom built because

Component reuse is common in the software world.

A)

Reusable components are too expensive to use.

B)
Software is easier to build without using someone else's components.

Page 345
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
C)
Off-the-shelf software components are unavailable in many application domains.
D)
6
INCORRECT The nature of software applications can be characterized by their information

complexity
A)

content
B)

determinacy
C)

both b and c
D)
7
INCORRECT Modern software applications are so complex that it is hard to develop mutually exclusive category
names.

True
A)

False
B)
8 CORRECT
The so called "new economy" that gripped commerce and finance during the
1990s died and no longer influences decisions made by businesses and software engineers.

True
A)

False
B)
9 CORRECT
The functionality of most computer systems does not need to be enhanced the
lifetime of the system.

True
A)

False
B)
10
CORRECT Change cannot be easily accommodated in most software systems, unless the system was designed
with change in mind.

True
A)

False
B)
11
INCORRECT Most software development projects are initiated to try to meet some business need.

True
A)

False

Page 346
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)
12
CORRECT In general software only succeeds if its behavior is consistent with the objectives of its designers.

True
A)

False
B)

Lecture-02

The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .

1
INCORRECT Which of the items listed below is not one of the software engineering layers?

Process
A)

Manufacturing
B)

Methods
C)

Tools
D)
Feedback:

2
INCORRECT Software engineering umbrella activities are only applied during the initial phases of
software development projects.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

3 CORRECT
Which of these are the 5 generic software engineering framework activities?

communication, planning, modeling, construction, deployment

A)

communication, risk management, measurement, production, reviewing

B)

analysis, designing, programming, debugging, maintenance

C)

analysis, planning, designing, programming, testing

D)
Feedback:

4
Process models are described as agile because they

Page 347
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
INCORRECT
eliminate the need for cumbersome documentation
A)

emphasize maneuverability and adaptability

B)

do not waste development time on planning activities

C)

make extensive use of prototype creation

D)
Feedback:

5
INCORRECT Which of these terms are level names in the Capability Maturity Model?

Performed
A)

Repeated
B)

Reused
C)

Optimized
D)

both a and d
E)
Feedback:

6 CORRECT
Software processes can be constructed out of pre-existing software patterns to
best meet the needs of a software project.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

7
INCORRECT Which of these are standards for assessing software processes?

SEI
A)

SPICE
B)

ISO 19002
C)

ISO 9001
D)

both b and d
E)
Feedback:

Page 348
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
8 CORRECT
The best software process model is one that has been created by the people who
will actually be doing the work.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

9
INCORRECT Which of these is not a characteristic of Personal Software Process?

Emphasizes personal measurement of work product

A)

Practitioner requires careful supervision by the project manager

B)

Individual practitioner is responsible for estimating and scheduling

C)

Practitioner is empowered to control quality of software work products

D)
Feedback:

10
INCORRECT Which of these are objectives of Team Software Process?

Accelerate software process improvement

A)

Allow better time management by highly trained professionals

B)

Build self-directed software teams

C)

Show managers how to reduce costs and sustain quality

D)

both b and c
E)
Feedback:

11
INCORRECT Process technology tools allow software organizations to compress schedules by skipping
unimportant activities.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

12
CORRECT It is generally accepted that one cannot have weak software processes and create high quality
end products.
True

Page 349
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)

False
B)

Lecture-03
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1
INCORRECT The linear sequential model of software development is

A reasonable approach when requirements are well defined.

A)

A good approach when a working program is required quickly.

B)

The best approach to use for projects with large development teams.
C)

An old fashioned model that cannot be used in a modern context.

D)
Feedback:

2
INCORRECT The linear sequential model of software development is also known as the

Classical life cycle model

A)

Fountain model
B)

Spiral model
C)

Waterfall model
D)

both a and d
E)
Feedback:

3 CORRECT
The incremental model of software development is

A reasonable approach when requirements are well defined.

A)

A good approach when a working core product is required quickly.

B)

The best approach to use for projects with large development teams.
C)

A revolutionary model that is not used for commercial products.

D)
Feedback:

Page 350
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
INCORRECT The rapid application development model is

Another name for component-based development.

A)

A useful approach when a customer cannot define requirements clearly.

B)

A high speed adaptation of the linear sequential model.

C)

All of the above.

D)
Feedback:

5
INCORRECT Evolutionary software process models

Are iterative in nature

A)

Can easily accommodate product requirements changes

B)

Do not generally produce throwaway systems

C)

All of the above

D)
Feedback:

6
INCORRECT The prototyping model of software development is

A reasonable approach when requirements are well defined.

A)

A useful approach when a customer cannot define requirements clearly.

B)

The best approach to use for projects with large development teams.
C)

A risky model that rarely produces a meaningful product.

D)
Feedback:

7
INCORRECT The spiral model of software development

Ends with the delivery of the software product

A)

Is more chaotic than the incremental model

B)

Includes project risks evaluation during each iteration

C)

All of the above

D)
Feedback:

Page 351
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
8
INCORRECT The concurrent development model is

Another name for the rapid application development model.

A)

Often used for the development of client/server applications.

B)

Only used for development of parallel or distributed systems.

C)

Used whenever a large number of change requests are anticipated.

D)
Feedback:

9
INCORRECT The component-based development model is

Only appropriate for computer hardware design.

A)

Not able to support the development of reusable components.

B)

Works best when object technologies are available for support.

C)

Not cost effective by known quantifiable software metrics.

D)
Feedback:

10
INCORRECT The formal methods model of software development makes use of mathematical methods to

Define the specification for computer-based systems

A)

Develop defect free computer-based systems

B)

Verify the correctness of computer-based systems

C)

All of the above

D)
Feedback:

11
INCORRECT Which of these is not one of the phase names defined by the Unified Process model for software
development?

Inception phase
A)

Elaboration phase
B)

Construction phase
C)

Validation phase
D)

Page 352
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Feedback:

12
CORRECT In the Unified Process model requirements are determined iteratively and may span more than one
phase of the process.

True
A)

False
B)

Lecture-04
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a.
1 CORRECT
Agility is nothing more than the ability of a project team to respond
rapidly to change.
True
A)
False
B)
2
INCORRECT Which of the following is not necessary to apply agility to a software
process?
Eliminate the use of project planning and testing
A)
Only essential work products are produced
B)
Process allows team to streamline tasks
C)
Uses incremental product delivery strategy
D)
3
INCORRECT How do you create agile processes to manage unpredictability?
Requirements gathering must be conducted very carefully
A)
Risk analysis must be conducted before planning takes place
B)
Software increments must be delivered in short time periods
C)
Software processes must adapt to changes incrementally
D)
both c and d
Page 353
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
E)
4 CORRECT
In agile software processes the highest priority is to satisfy the
customer through early and continuous delivery of valuable
software.
True

Page 354
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)
False
B)
5
INCORRECT It is not possible to build software that meets the customers' needs today
and exhibits the quality characteristics that will enable it to be
extended tomorrow.
True
A)
False
B)
6
INCORRECT Which of the following traits need to exist among the members of
an agile software team?
Competence
A)
Decision-making ability
B)
Mutual trust and respect
C)
All of the above
D)
7 CORRECT
All agile process models conform to a greater or lesser degree to the
principles stated in the "Manifesto for Agile Software
Development".
True
A)
False
B)
8
INCORRECT What are the four framework activities found in the Extreme
Programming (XP) process model?
analysis, design, coding, testing
A)
planning, analysis, design, coding
B)
planning, analysis, coding, testing
C)
planning, design, coding, testing
D)
Page 355
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
9
INCORRECT What are the three framework activities for the Adaptive Software
Development (ASD) process model?
analysis, design, coding
A)
feasibility study, functional model iteration, implementation
B)
requirements gathering, adaptive cycle planning, iterative development
C)

Page 356
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
speculation, collaboration, learning
D)
10
INCORRECT The Dynamic Systems Development Method (DSDM) suggests a
philosophy that is based on the Pareto principle (80% of the
application can be delivered in 20% of the time required to build the
complete application).

True

A)
False
B)
11
INCORRECT Which is not one of the key questions that is answered by each team
member at each daily Scrum meeting?
What did you do since the last meeting?
A)
What obstacles are you encountering?
B)
What is the cause of the problems you are encountering?
C)
What do you plan to accomplish at the next team meeting?
D)
12
INCORRECT In Feature Driven Development (FDD) a "feature" is a client-valued
function that can be delivered in two months or less.
True
A)
False
B)
13
INCORRECT Agile Modeling (AM) provides guidance to practitioner during which
of these software tasks?
Analysis
A)
Design
B)
Coding
C)
Testing
Page 357
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
D)
both a and b
E)

Lecture-05
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1 CORRECT
The essence of software engineering practice might be described as understand

Page 358
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
the problem, plan a solution, carry out the plan, and examine the result for accuracy.

True
A)

False
B)
2
INCORRECT Which of the following is not one of Hooker's core principles of software engineering
practice?

All design should be as simple as possible, but no simpler

A)

A software system exists only to provide value to its users.

B)

Pareto principle (20% of any product requires 80% of the effort)

C)

Remember that you produce others will consume

D)
3
INCORRECT Every communication activity should have a facilitator to make sure that the customer is not
allowed to dominate the proceedings.

True
A)

False
B)
4 CORRECT
The agile view of iterative customer communication and collaboration is
applicable to all software engineering practice.

True
A)

False
B)
5
INCORRECT Software engineers collaborate with customers to define which of the following?

Customer visible usage scenarios

A)

Important software features

B)

System inputs and outputs

C)

All of the above

D)
6
INCORRECT Everyone on the software team should be involved in the planning activity so that we can

reduce the granularity of the plan

A)

analyze requirements in depth

B)

Page 359
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
get all team members to "sign up" to the plan
C)

begin design
D)
7
INCORRECT What role(s) do user stories play in agile planning?

Define useful software features and functions delivered to end-users

A)

Determine a schedule used to deliver each software increment

B)

Provide a substitute to performing detailed scheduling of activities

C)

Used to estimate the effort required build the current increment

D)

both a and d
E)
8
INCORRECT Which of the following activities is not one of the four things that need to be accomplished by
the generic planning task set?

Develop overall project strategy

A)

Identify the functionality to deliver in each software increment

B)

Create a detailed schedule for the complete software project

C)

Devise a means of tracking progress on a regular basis

D)
9
INCORRECT Analysis models depict software in which three representations?

architecture, interface, component

A)

cost, risk, schedule

B)

information, function, behavior

C)

None of the above

D)
10
CORRECT The customer can directly observe both the difference between the internal quality of a design
and its external quality?

True
A)

False
B)
11
INCORRECT Teams using agile software practices never create models.

Page 360
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
True
A)

False
B)
12
CORRECT Many of the tasks from the generic task sets for analysis modeling and design can be conducted in
parallel with one another.

True
A)

False
B)
13
INCORRECT Which of the following is not one of the principles of good coding?

Create unit tests before you begin coding

A)

Create a visual layout that aids understanding

B)

Keep variable names short so that code is compact

C)

Write self-documenting code, not program documentation

D)
14
INCORRECT A successful test is one that discovers at least one as-yet undiscovered error.

True
A)

False
B)
15
INCORRECT Which of the following are tasks in the generic task set for construction?

Build a software component

A)

Create a user interface

B)

Unit test the component

C)

Assess the quality of the component

D)

both a and c
E)
16
CORRECT Which of the following are valid reasons for collecting customer feedback concerning
delivered software?

Allows developers to make changes to the delivered increment

A)

Delivery schedule can be revised to reflect changes

B)

Page 361
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Developers can identify changes to incorporate into next increment
C)

All of the above

D)

Lecture-06
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a.
1 CORRECT
Software engineers do not need to consider hardware when
designing a computer-based system.
True
A)
False
B)
2
INCORRECT Which of the following can be elements of computer-based systems?
documentation
A)
software
B)
people
C)
hardware
D)
all of the above
E)
3
INCORRECT The system engineering process usually begins with the
detailed view
A)
domain view
B)
element view
C)
world view
D)
4
INCORRECT To construct a system model the engineer should consider which of the
following restraining factors?
assumptions Page 362
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)
budget
B)
constraints

Page 363
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
C)
schedule
D)
both a and c
E)
5 CORRECT
By following modern system engineering practices simulation of
reactive systems is no longer necessary.
True
A)
False
B)
6
INCORRECT During business process engineering, three different architectures are
examined.
applications, data, technology infrastructure
A)
communications, organization, financial infrastructure
B)
network, database, reporting structure
C)
systems, requirements, data structure
D)
7
INCORRECT Which elements of business processing engineering are the
responsibilities of the software engineer?
business area analysis
A)
business system design
B)
construction and integration
C)
information strategy planning
D)
both b and c
E)
8
INCORRECT The goal of product engineering is to translate the customer's desire for a
set of defined capabilities into a working product.
True

Page 364
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)
False
B)
9
INCORRECT The architecture components for product engineering are
data, hardware, software, people
A)
data, documentation, hardware, software

Page 365
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)
data, hardware, software, procedures
C)
documentation, hardware, people, procedures
D)
10
INCORRECT The top level of the hierarchical model of a system is known as the
AFD
A)
DFD
B)
SCD
C)
SFD
D)
11
INCORRECT The system model template contains which of the following elements
input
A)
output
B)
user interface
C)
all of the above
D)
12
INCORRECT UML notations that can be used to model the hardware and software
elements of a system are
Activity diagrams
A)
Class diagrams
B)
Deployment diagrams
C)
Use-case diagrams
D)
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1 INCORRECT a, b, and c
E)
Requirements engineering is a generic process that does not vary from one software project
to another.

Lecture-07
Page 366
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP

Page 367
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
True
A)

False
B)
2 INCORRECT
During project inception the intent of the of the tasks are to determine

basic problem understanding

A)

nature of the solution needed

B)

people who want a solution

C)

none of the bbove

D)

a, b and c
E)
3 INCORRECT
Three things that make requirements elicitation difficult are problems of

budgeting
A)

scope
B)

understanding
C)

volatility
D)

b, c and d
E)
4 INCORRECT
The result of the requirements engineering elaboration task is an analysis model that defines
which of the following problem domain(s)?

information
A)

functional
B)

behavioral
C)

all of the above

D)
5 CORRECT
It is relatively common for different customers to propose conflicting requirements, each
arguing that his or her version is the right one.

True
A)

False
B)
6 CORRECT

Page 368
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
The system specification describes the

Function, performance and constraints of a computer-based system

A)

implementation of each allocated system

B)

element software architecture

C)

time required for system simulation

D)
7 INCORRECT
The best way to conduct a requirements validation review is to

examine the system model for errors

A)

have the customer look over the requirements

B)

send them to the design team and see if they have any concerns
C)

use a checklist of questions to examine each requirement

D)
8 INCORRECT
The use of traceability tables helps to

debug programs following the detection of run-time errors

A)

determine the performance of algorithm implementations

B)

identify, control, and track requirements changes

C)

none of the above

D)
9 INCORRECT
A stakeholder is anyone who will purchase the completed software system under
development.

True
A)

False
B)
10
UNANSWERED The job of the requirements engineer is to categorize all stakeholder information in a way that allows decision
makers to choose an internally consistent set of requirements.

True
A)

False
B)
11 CORRECT
The nature of collaboration is such that all system requirements are defined by consensus of
a committee of customers and developers.
True

Page 369
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)

False
B)
12
NCORRECT Which of the following is not one of the context-free questions that would be used during project inception?

What will be the economic benefit from a good solution?

A)

Who is against this project?

B)

Who will pay for the work?

C)

Who will use the solution?

D)
13 CORRECT
In collaborative requirements gathering, the facilitator

cannot be a member of the software team

A)

cannot be a customer
B)

controls and facilitates the process

C)

must be an outsider
D)
14
NCORRECT Which of the following is not one of the requirement classifications used in Quality Function Deployment (QFD)?

exciting
A)

expected
B)

mandatory
C)

normal
D)
15
NCORRECT Developers and customers create use-cases to help the software team understand how different classes of
end-users will use functions.

True
A)

False
B)
16 CORRECT
The work products produced during requirement elicitation will vary depending on the

size of the budget

A)
size of the product being built

Page 370
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)
software process being used
C)
stakeholders needs
D)
17
NCORRECT Use-case actors are always people, never system devices.

True
A)
False
B)
18
NCORRECT Which of following is not a UML diagram used creating a system analysis model?

activity diagram
A)
class diagram
B)
dataflow diagram
C)
state diagram
D)
19
NCORRECT Analysis patterns facilitate the transformation of the analysis model into a design model by suggesting reliable
solutions to common problems.

True
A)
False
B)
20 CORRECT
In win-win negotiation, the customer's needs are met even though the developer's need may not be.

True
A)
False
B)
21
NCORRECT In requirements validation the requirements model is reviewed to ensure its technical feasibility.

True
A)
False
B)

Page 371
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Lecture-08

Page 372
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1
INCORRECT Which of the following is not an objective for building an analysis model?

define set of software requirements that can be validated

A)

describe customer requirements

B)

develop an abbreviated solution for the problem

C)

establish basis for software design

D)
2 CORRECT
Object-oriented domain analysis is concerned with the identification and
specification of reusable classes within an application domain.

True
A)

False
B)
3
INCORRECT The data dictionary contains descriptions of each software

control item
A)

data object
B)

diagram
C)

notation
D)

both a and b
E)
4
INCORRECT Which of these is not an element of an object-oriented analysis model?

Behavioral elements
A)

Class-based elements
B)

Data elements
C)

Scenario-based elements
D)
5
INCORRECT In analysis models the only data objects that need representation are those that will be implemented
using software classes.

True
A)

Page 373
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
False
B)
6 CORRECT
The values that are assigned to an object's attributes make that object unique.

True
A)

False
B)
7
INCORRECT The relationships shown in a data model must be classified to show their

cardinality
A)

directionality
B)

modality
C)

probability
D)

both a and c
E)
8 CORRECT
The entity relationship diagram

depicts relationships between data objects

A)

depicts functions that transform the data flow

B)

indicates how data are transformed by the system

C)

indicates system reactions to external events

D)
9 CORRECT
A generalized description of a collection of similar objects is a

class
A)

instance
B)

subclass
C)

super class
D)
10
INCORRECT Operations are object procedures that are invoked when an object receives a message.

True
A)

False

Page 374
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)
11
INCORRECT In many cases there is no need to create a graphical representation of a usage scenario.

True
A)

False
B)
12
INCORRECT UML activity diagrams are useful in representing which analysis model elements?

Behavioral elements
A)

Class-based elements
B)

Flow-based elements
C)

Scenario-based elements
D)
13
INCORRECT The data flow diagram

depicts relationships between data objects

A)

depicts functions that transform the data flow

B)

indicates how data are transformed by the system

C)

indicates system reactions to external events

D)

both b and c
E)
14
INCORRECT Control flow diagrams are

needed to model event driven systems.

A)

required for all systems.

B)

used in place of data flow diagrams.

C)

useful for modeling real-time systems.

D)

both a and d
E)
15
CORRECT The data flow diagram must be augmented by descriptive text in order to describe the
functional requirements for a software product.
True

Page 375
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)
False
B)
16
INCORRECT Which of the following should be considered as candidate objects in a
problem space?
events
A)
people
B)
structures
C)
all of the above
D)
17
INCORRECT Attributes cannot be defined for a class until design has been completed.
True
A)
False
B)
18
INCORRECT Which of the following is not one of the broad categories used to
classify operations?
computation
A)
data manipulation
B)
event monitors
C)
transformers
D)
19
INCORRECT Which of the following items does not appear on a CRC card?
class collaborators
A)
class name
B)
class reliability
C)
class responsibilities
D) Page 376
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
20
INCORRECT Class responsibilities are defined by
its attributes only
A)
its collaborators

Page 377
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)

its operations only

C)

both its attributes and operations

D)
21
CORRECT An analysis package involves the categorization of analysis model elements into useful groupings.

True
A)

False
B)
22
INCORRECT Events occur whenever a(n)

actor and the OO system exchange information

A)

class operation is invoked

B)

messages are passed between objects

C)

all of the above

D)
23
INCORRECT The state diagram

depicts relationships between data objects

A)

depicts functions that transform the data flow

B)

indicates how data are transformed by the system

C)

indicates system reactions to external events

D)
24
INCORRECT For purposes of behavior modeling a state is any

consumer or producer of data.

A)

data object hierarchy.

B)

observable mode of behavior.

C)

well defined process.

D)

Lecture-09

Page 378
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1
INCORRECT Which of the following are areas of concern in the design model?

architecture
A)

data
B)

interfaces
C)

project scope
D)

a, b and c
E)
2
INCORRECT The importance of software design can be summarized in a single word

accuracy
A)

complexity
B)

efficiency
C)

quality
D)
3
INCORRECT Which of these are characteristics of a good design?

exhibits strong coupling between its modules

A)

implements all requirements in the analysis model

B)

includes test cases for all components

C)

provides a complete picture of the software

D)

both b and d
E)
4
INCORRECT Which of the following is not a characteristic common to all design methods?

configuration management
A)

functional component
B)

notation quality assessment

C)

guidelines refinement heuristics

D)

Page 379
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
5
INCORRECT Software design is an iterative generic process that may be applied without modification to any
software project.

True
A)

False
B)
6
INCORRECT What types of abstraction are used in software design?

control
A)

data
B)

environmental
C)

procedural
D)

a, b and d
E)
7
INCORRECT Which of the following models can be used to represent the architectural design of a piece of
software.

Dynamic models
A)

Functional models
B)

Structural models
C)

All of the above

D)
8
INCORRECT Design patterns are not applicable to the design of object-oriented software?

True
A)

False
B)
9 CORRECT
Since modularity is an important design goal it is not possible to have too many
modules in a proposed design.

True
A)

False
B)
10
INCORRECT Information hiding makes program maintenance easier by hiding data and procedure from
unaffected parts of the program.
True

Page 380
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)

False
B)
11
CORRECT Cohesion is a qualitative indication of the degree to which a module

can be written more compactly.

A)

focuses on just one thing.

B)

is able to complete its function in a timely manner.

C)

is connected to other modules and the outside world.

D)
12
INCORRECT Coupling is a qualitative indication of the degree to which a module

can be written more compactly.

A)

focuses on just one thing.

B)

is able to complete its function in a timely manner.

C)

is connected to other modules and the outside world.

D)
13
INCORRECT When using structured design methodologies the process of stepwise refinement is unnecessary.

True
A)

False
B)
14
CORRECT Software designs are refactored to allow the creation of software that is easier to integrate, easier to
test, and easier to maintain.

True
A)

False
B)
15
INCORRECT Inheritance provides a mechanism by which changes to lower level classes can be propagated to all
super classes quickly.

True
A)

False
B)
16
CORRECT Polymorphism reduces the effort required to extend an object system by
coupling objects together more tightly.

Page 381
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)

enabling a number of different operations to share the same name.

B)

making objects more dependent on one another.

C)

removing the barriers imposed by encapsulation.

D)
17
CORRECT Which of the following is not one of the five design class types

Business domain classes

A)

Entity classes
B)

Process classes
C)

User interface classes

D)
18
CORRECT Which design model elements are used to depict a model of information represented from
the user's view?

Architectural design elements

A)

Component-level design elements

B)

Data design elements

C)

Interface design elements

D)
19
INCORRECT Which design is analogous to the floor plan of a house?

Architectural design
A)

Component-level design
B)

Data design
C)

Interface design
D)
20
INCORRECT Which design model is analogous to the detailed drawings of the access points and external
utilities for a house?

Architectural design
A)

Component-level design
B)
Data design

Page 382
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
C)

Interface design
D)
21
INCORRECT Which design model is analogous to a set of detailed drawings for each room in a house?

Architectural design
A)

Component-level design
B)

Data design
C)

Interface design
D)
22
INCORRECT The deployment design elements specify the build order for the software components.

True
A)

False
B)
23
CORRECT One of the key problems in software reuse is the inability to find existing reusable design
patterns when hundreds of candidates exist.

True
A)

False
B)
24
INCORRECT Design patterns are best thought of as coding patterns.

True
A)

False
B)
25
INCORRECT Frameworks and design patterns are the same thing as far as designers are concerned.

True
A)

False
B)

Lecture-10

The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .

Page 383
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
1 CORRECT
The best representation of system architecture is an operational
software prototype.
True
A)
False
B)
Feedback:

2 CORRECT
The architectural representations can be an enabler for communication
among project stakeholders.
True
A)
False
B)
Feedback:

3
INCORRECT Which of these characteristics are true of a data warehouse, but not a
typical data base?
business level orientation
A)
currency of information
B)
integration
C)
nonvolatility
D)
both c and d
E)
Feedback:

4 CORRECT
Data design actually begins during the creation of the analysis model,
not the architectural model.
True

A)
False
B)
Feedback:

5
INCORRECT An architectural style encompasses which of the following elements?
Page 384
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
constraints
A)
set of components
B)
semantic models

Page 385
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
C)
syntactic models
D)
a, b and c
E)
Feedback:

6
INCORRECT To determine the architectural style or combination of styles that best
fits the proposed system, requirements engineering is used to
uncover
algorithmic complexity
A)
characteristics and constraints
B)
control and data
C)
design patterns
D)
Feedback:

7
INCORRECT Before an architectural pattern can be chosen for use in a specific
system it must have a code implementation to facilitate its reuse.
True
A)
False
B)
Feedback:

8
INCORRECT The criteria used to assess the quality of an architectural design should be
based on system
accessibility
A)
control
B)
data
C)
implementation
D)
both b and c
E)
Feedback:
Page 386
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
9
INCORRECT During the process of modeling the system in context, systems that
interact with the target system are represented as
Peer-level systems
A)

Page 387
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Subordinate systems
B)
Superordinate systems
C)
Working systems
D)
a, b and c
E)
Feedback:

10
CORRECT Once selected, archetypes always need to be refined further as
architectural design proceeds.
True

A)
False
B)
Feedback:

11
CORRECT Which of the following is not an example of infrastructure components
that may need to be integrated into the software architecture?
Communications components
A)
Database components
B)
Interface components
C)
Memory management components
D)
Feedback:

12
INCORRECT In the architecture trade-off analysis method the architectural style
should be described using the
data flow view
A)
module view
B)
process view
C)
user view Page 388
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
D)
a, b and c
E)
Feedback:

13
Quantitative methods for assessing the quality of proposed architectural
designs

Page 389
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
INCORRECT are readily available.

True
A)
False
B)
Feedback:

14
INCORRECT A useful technique for evaluating the overall complexity of a
proposed architecture is to look at the component
cohesion flow
A)
dependencies
B)
sharing dependencies
C)
size
D)
both b and c
E)
Feedback:

15
INCORRECT When the overall flow in a segment of a data flow diagram is largely
sequential and follows straight-line paths, is present.
low coupling
A)
good modularity
B)
transaction flow
C)
transform flow
D)
Feedback:

16
INCORRECT When a single item that triggers other data flow along one of many
paths of a data flow diagram,characterizes the information flow.
high coupling
A)
poor modularity
B)
transaction flow
Page 390
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
C)
transform flow
D)
Feedback:

Page 391
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
17
CORRECT When you encounter both transform flow and transaction flow in the
same DFD the flow is partitioned and the appropriate mapping
technique is used on each part of the DFD.

True

A)
False
B)
Feedback:

18
INCORRECT In transaction mapping the first level factoring results in the
creation of a CFD
A)
derivation of the control hierarchy
B)
distribution of worker modules
C)
refinement of the module view
D)
Feedback:

19
INCORRECT A successful application of transform or transaction mapping to create
an architectural design is supplemented by
entity relationship diagrams
A)
module interface descriptions
B)
processing narratives for each module
C)
test cases for each module
D)
both b and c
E)

Lecture-11
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1 INCORRECT
In the most general sense a component is a modular building block for
computer software.

Page 392
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

Page 393
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
2 INCORRECT
In the context of object-oriented software engineering a component
contains
attributes and operations
A)
instances
B)
of each class

roles for each actor (device or

C)

D)
Feedback:
user) a set of collaborating

classes

3 INCORRECT
In traditional software engineering, modules must serve in which
of the following roles?
Control component
A)
Infrastructure
B)
component

C) Problem domain

D)
Feedback: component All of the

above

4 CORRECT
Software engineers always need to create components from scratch in
order to meet customer expectations fully.
True
A
)False
B)
Feedback:
5 INCORRECT
Which of the following is not one of the four principles used
to guide component-level design?
Page 394
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Dependency Inversion Principle
A)
Interface
B)
Segregation Principle

C) Open-Closed Principle

D)
Feedback: Parsimonious Complexity

Principle

6 INCORRECT
During component-level design it is customary to ignore organization
issues

Page 395
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
like subsystem membership or packaging.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

7
UNANSWERED The use of stereotypes can help identify the nature of components at the detailed design level.

True
A)

False
B)
8 INCORRECT
Classes and components that exhibit functional, layer, or communicational
cohesion are relatively easy to implement, test, and maintain.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

9 CORRECT
Software coupling is a sign of poor architectural design and can always be
avoided in every system.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

10
INCORRECT In component design, elaboration requires which of the following elements to be described in
detail?

Source code
A)

Attributes
B)

Interfaces
C)

Operations
D)

b, c and d
E)
Feedback:

11
INCORRECT In component-level design "persistent data sources" refer to

Page 396
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Component libraries
A)

Databases
B)

Files
C)

All of the above

D)

both b and c
E)
Feedback:

12
The object constraint language (OCL) complements UML by allowing a software
INCORRECT
engineer to use a formal grammar to construct unambiguous statements about design
model elements.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

13 CORRECT
OCL is not strong enough to be used to describe pre- or post conditions for
design actions.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

14
INCORRECT Which of these constructs is used in structured programming?

branching
A)

condition
B)

repetition
C)

sequence
D)

b, c, and d
E)
Feedback:

15
INCORRECT Which of these is a graphical notation for depicting procedural detail?
process diagram

Page 397
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)

decision table
B)

ER diagram
C)

flowchart
D)
Feedback:

16
INCORRECT A decision table should be used

to document all conditional statements

A)

to guide the development of the project management plan

B)

only when building an expert system

C)

when a complex set of conditions and actions appears in a component

D)
Feedback:

17
INCORRECT A program design language (PDL) is often a

combination of programming constructs and narrative text

A)

legitimate programming language in its own right

B)

machine readable software development language

C)

useful way to represent software architecture

D)
Feedback:

18
INCORRECT Which of these criteria are useful in assessing the effectiveness of a particular design
notation?

maintainability
A)

modularity
B)

simplicity
C)

size
D)

a, b, and c
E)

Page 398
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Lecture-12
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1 INCORRECT
Which of the following interface design principles does not allow the user to
remain in control of the interaction with a computer?

allow interaction to interruptible

A)

allow interaction to be undoable

B)

hide technical internals from casual users

C)

only provide one defined method for accomplishing a task

D)
Feedback:

2 INCORRECT
Which of the following interface design principles reduces the user's memory
load?

define intuitive shortcuts

A)

disclose information in a progressive fashion

B)

establish meaningful defaults

C)

provide an on-line tutorial

D)

answers a, b and c
E)
Feedback:

3 CORRECT
The reason for reducing the user's memory load is make his or her
interaction with the computer quicker to complete.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

4 CORRECT
Interface consistency implies that

each application should have its own distinctive look and feel
A)

input mechanisms remain the same throughout the application

B)

navigational methods are context sensitive

C)

Page 399
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
visual information is organized according to a design standard
D)

both b and d
E)
Feedback:

5 CORRECT
If past interactive models have created certain user expectations it is not
generally good to make changes to the model.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

6 INCORRECT
Which model depicts the profile of the end users of a computer system?

design model
A)

implementation model
B)

user model
C)

user's model
D)
Feedback:

7 INCORRECT
Which model depicts the image of a system that an end user creates in his or
her head?

design model
A)

user model
B)

system model
C)

system perception
D)
Feedback:

8 CORRECT
Which model depicts the look and feel of the user interface along with all
supporting information?

Implementation model
A)

user model
B)

user's model
C)

Page 400
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
system perception
D)
Feedback:

9 INCORRECT
Which of these framework activities is not normally associated with the user
interface design processes?

cost estimation
A)

interface construction
B)

interface validation
C)

user and task analysis

D)
Feedback:

10
INCORRECT Which approach(es) to user task analysis can be useful in user interface design?

have users indicate their preferences on questionnaires

A)

rely on the judgement of experienced programmers

B)

study existing computer-based solutions

C)

observe users performing tasks manually

D)

both c and d
E)
Feedback:

11
INCORRECT Object-oriented analysis techniques can be used to identify and refine user task objects and
actions without any need to refer to the user voice.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

12 CORRECT
The computer's display capabilities are the primary determinant of the order
in which user interface design activities are completed.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

Page 401
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
13
UNANSWERED It is sometimes possible that the interface designer is constrained by environmental factors
that mitigate against ease of use for many users.

True
A)

False
B)
14
INCORRECT One means of defining user interface objects and actions is to conduct a grammatical parse
of the user scenario.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

15 CORRECT
Interface design patterns typically include a complete component-level
design (design classes, attributes, operations, and interfaces).

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

16
INCORRECT Several common design issues surface for almost every user interface including

adaptive user profiles

A)

error handling resolution of graphics

B)

displays system
C)

response time
D)

both b and d
E)
Feedback:

17 CORRECT
Add-on help facilities are almost always better received by users than
integrated help facilities.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

Page 402
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
18
INCORRECT User interface development systems typically provide several mechanisms for building
interface prototypes including

code generation
A)

drawing tools
B)

input validation
C)

windows handlers
D)

both c and d
E)
Feedback:

19
INCORRECT Usability questionnaires are most meaningful to the interface designers when completed by

customers
A)

experienced programmers
B)

product users
C)

project managers
D)
Feedback:

20
INCORRECT Several usability measures can be collected while observing users interacting with a computer
system including

down time for the application

A)

number of user errors

B)

software reliability
C)

time spent looking at help materials

D)

both b and d
E)

Lecture-13

The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .

1
INCORRECT In software quality assurance work there is no difference between software

Page 403
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
verification and software validation.

True
A)

False
B)
2 CORRECT
The best reason for using Independent software test teams is that

software developers do not need to do any testing

A)

a test team will test the software more thoroughly

B)

testers do not get involved with the project until testing begins
C)

arguments between developers and testers are reduced

D)
3 CORRECT
What is the normal order of activities in which traditional software testing is
organized?
a. integration testing
b. system testing
c. unit testing
d.validation testing

a, d, c, b
A)

b, d, a, c
B)

c, a, d, b
C)

d, b, c, a
D)
4
INCORRECT Class testing of object-oriented software is equivalent to unit testing for traditional
software.

True
A)

False
B)
5 CORRECT
By collecting software metrics and making use of existing software reliability
models it is possible to develop meaningful guidelines for determining when software testing is
finished.

True
A)

False
B)
6
INCORRECT Which of the following strategic issues needs to be addressed in a successful software testing
process?

Page 404
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
conduct formal technical reviews prior to testing
A)

specify requirements in a quantifiable manner

B)

use independent test teams

C)

wait till code is written prior to writing the test plan

D)

both a and b
E)
7
INCORRECT Which of the following need to be assessed during unit testing?

algorithmic performance
A)

code stability
B)

error handling
C)

execution paths
D)

both c and d
E)
8 CORRECT
Drivers and stubs are not needed for unit testing because the modules are
tested independently of one another.

True
A)

False
B)
9
INCORRECT Top-down integration testing has as it's major advantage(s) that

low level modules never need testing

A)

major decision points are tested early

B)

no drivers need to be written

C)

no stubs need to be written

D)

both b and c
E)
10
INCORRECT Bottom-up integration testing has as it's major advantage(s) that

major decision points are tested early

A)

Page 405
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
no drivers need to be written
B)

no stubs need to be written

C)

regression testing is not required

D)
11
INCORRECT Regression testing should be a normal part of integration testing because as a new module is added
to the system new

control logic is invoked

A)

data flow paths are established

B)

drivers require testing

C)

all of the above

D)

both a and b
E)
12
INCORRECT Smoke testing might best be described as

bulletproofing shrink-wrapped software

A)

rolling integration testing

B)

testing that hides implementation errors

C)

unit testing for small programs

D)
13
CORRECT When testing object-oriented software it is important to test each class operation
separately as part of the unit testing process.

True
A)

False
B)
14
INCORRECT The OO testing integration strategy involves testing

groups of classes that collaborate or communicate in some way

A)

single operations as they are added to the evolving class implementation

B)

operator programs derived from use-case scenarios

C)

none of the above

D)

Page 406
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
15
CORRECT The focus of validation testing is to uncover places that a user will be able to observe failure of
the software to conform to its requirements.

True
A)

False
B)
16
INCORRECT Software validation is achieved through a series of tests performed by the user once the software is
deployed in his or her work environment.

True
A)

False
B)
17
CORRECT Configuration reviews are not needed if regression testing has been rigorously applied during
software integration.

True
A)

False
B)
18
INCORRECT Acceptance tests are normally conducted by the

developer
A)

end users
B)

test team
C)

systems engineers
D)
19
INCORRECT Recovery testing is a system test that forces the software to fail in a variety of
ways and verifies that software is able to continue execution without interruption.

True
A)

False
B)
20
CORRECT Security testing attempts to verify that protection mechanisms built into a system protect it
from improper penetration.

True
A)

False
B)
21
INCORRECT Stress testing examines the pressures placed on the user during system use in extreme
environments.

Page 407
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
True
A)

False
B)
22
INCORRECT Performance testing is only important for real-time or embedded systems.

True
A)

False
B)
23
CORRECT Debugging is not testing, but always occurs as a consequence of testing.

True
A)

False
B)
24
INCORRECT Which of the following is an approach to debugging?

backtracking
A)

brute force
B)

cause elimination
C)

code restructuring
D)

a, b, and c
E)

Lecture-14
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1 INCORRECT
With thorough testing it is possible to remove all defects from a program
prior to delivery to the customer.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

2 INCORRECT
Which of the following are characteristics of testable software?

observability
A)
simplicity

Page 408
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)

stability
C)

all of the above

D)
Feedback:

3 CORRECT
The testing technique that requires devising test cases to demonstrate that
each program function is operational is called

black-box testing
A)

glass-box testing
B)

grey-box testing
C)

white-box testing
D)
Feedback:

4 INCORRECT
The testing technique that requires devising test cases to exercise the
internal logic of a software module is called

behavioral testing
A)

black-box testing
B)

grey-box testing
C)

white-box testing
D)
Feedback:

5 INCORRECT
What types of errors are missed by black-box testing and can be uncovered
by white-box testing?

behavioral errors
A)

logic errors
B)

performance errors
C)

typographical errors
D)

both b and d
E)
Feedback:

6 INCORRECT

Page 409
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Program flow graphs are identical to program flowcharts.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

7 INCORRECT
The cyclomatic complexity metric provides the designer with information
regarding the number of

cycles in the program

A)

errors in the program

B)

independent logic paths in the program

C)

statements in the program

D)
Feedback:

8 CORRECT
The cyclomatic complexity of a program can be computed directly from a PDL
representation of an algorithm without drawing a program flow graph.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

9 INCORRECT
Condition testing is a control structure testing technique where the criteria
used to design test cases is that they

rely on basis path testing

A)

exercise the logical conditions in a program module

B)

select test paths based on the locations and uses of variables

C)

focus on testing the validity of loop constructs

D)
Feedback:

10
INCORRECT Data flow testing is a control structure testing technique where the criteria used to design test
cases is that they

rely on basis path testing

A)

exercise the logical conditions in a program module

B)

Page 410
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
select test paths based on the locations and uses of variables
C)

focus on testing the validity of loop constructs

D)
Feedback:

11
INCORRECT Loop testing is a control structure testing technique where the criteria used to design test cases
is that they

rely basis path testing

A)

exercise the logical conditions in a program module

B)

select test paths based on the locations and uses of variables

C)

focus on testing the validity of loop constructs

D)
Feedback:

12
INCORRECT Black-box testing attempts to find errors in which of the following categories

incorrect or missing functions

A)

interface errors
B)

performance errors
C)

all of the above

D)

none of the above

E)
Feedback:

13
INCORRECT Graph-based testing methods can only be used for object-oriented systems

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

14 CORRECT
Equivalence testing divides the input domain into classes of data from which
test cases can be derived to reduce the total number of test cases that must be developed.

True
A)

False

Page 411
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)
Feedback:

15
INCORRECT Boundary value analysis can only be used to do white-box testing.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

16
INCORRECT Comparison testing is typically done to test two competing products as part of customer market
analysis prior to product release.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

17 CORRECT
Orthogonal array testing enables the test designer to maximize the coverage
of the test cases devised for relatively small input domains.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

18
UNANSWERED Test case design "in the small" for OO software is driven by the algorithmic detail of the
individual operations.

True
A)

False
B)
19
INCORRECT Encapsulation of attributes and operations inside objects makes it easy to obtain object state
information during testing.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

20 CORRECT
Use-cases can provide useful input into the design of black-box and state-
based tests of OO software.

True
A)

Page 412
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
False
B)
Feedback:

21
INCORRECT Fault-based testing is best reserved for

conventional software testing

A)

operations and classes that are critical or suspect

B)

use-case validation
C)

white-box testing of operator algorithms

D)
Feedback:

22
INCORRECT Testing OO class operations is made more difficult by

encapsulation
A)

inheritance
B)

polymorphism
C)

both b and c
D)
Feedback:

23 CORRECT
Scenario-based testing

concentrates on actor and software interaction

A)

misses errors in specifications

B)

misses errors in subsystem interactions

C)

both a and b
D)
Feedback:

24
INCORRECT Deep structure testing is not designed to

examine object behaviors

A)

exercise communication mechanisms

B)
exercise object dependencies

Page 413
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
C)

exercise structure observable by the user

D)
Feedback:

25
INCORRECT Random order tests are conducted to exercise different class instance life histories.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

26
INCORRECT Which of these techniques is not useful for partition testing at the class level

attribute-based partitioning
A)

category-based partitioning
B)

equivalence class partitioning

C)

state-based partitioning
D)
Feedback:

27
INCORRECT Multiple class testing is too complex to be tested using random test cases.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

28
INCORRECT Tests derived from behavioral class models should be based on the

data flow diagram

A)

object-relation diagram
B)

state diagram
C)

use-case diagram
D)
Feedback:

29
INCORRECT Client/server architectures cannot be properly tested because network load is highly variable.

Page 414
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

30
INCORRECT Real-time applications add a new and potentially difficult element to the testing mix

performance
A)

reliability
B)

security
C)

time
D)

Lecture-15

The correct answer for each question is indicated by a.

1 CORRECT
Conformance to implicit requirements and customer expectations has no
place in modern software quality assurance work.
True
A)
False
B)
2
INCORRECT Which of the following is not one of three software product aspects
addressed by McCall's software quality factors?
ability to undergo change
A)
adaptability to new environments
B)
operational characteristics
C)
production costs and scheduling
D)
3 CORRECT
The ISO 9126 quality standards for computer software are useful
because they lend themselves to direct measurement of software
attributes.
True
Page 415
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)
False
B)
4 CORRECT
Most technical software metrics described in this chapter represent indirect

Page 416
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
measures of software attributes that are useful in the quantitative
assessment of software quality.
True
A)
False
B)
5
INCORRECT Which of these are reasons for using technical product measures during
software development?
large body of scientific evidence supports their use
A)
provides software engineers with an objective mechanism for assessing
B) software quality
they allow all software quality information to be expressed
unambiguously
C) as a single number

all of the above

D)
6 CORRECT
Which measurement activity is missing from the list
below? Formulation
Collection
Analysis
Interpretati
on

design
A)
feedback
B)
measurement
C)
quantification
D)
7
INCORRECT The Goal/Question/Metric (GQM) paradigm was developed as a
technique for assigning blame for software failures.
True
A)
False
B)
8 CORRECT
One of the most important attributes for a software product metric is
Page 417
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
that it should be
easy to compute
A)
qualitative in nature
B)
reliable over time
C)

Page 418
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
widely applicable
D)
9 CORRECT
In many cases metrics for one model may be used in later software
engineering activities (e.g., design metrics may be used in test
planning).
True

A)
False
B)
10
INCORRECT The function point metric is an example of metric that can be used to
assist with technical decision-making based on the analysis model
information, without making use of historical project data.
True
A)
False
B)
11
INCORRECT The specification metrics proposed by Davis address which two
characteristics of the software requirements?
functionality and performance
A)
performance and completeness
B)
specificity and completeness
C)
specificity and functionality
D)
12
INCORRECT Architectural design metrics focus on
architectural structure
A)
data structural relationships
B)
internal module complexity
C)
module effectiveness
D)
both a and d
Page 419
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
E)
13
INCORRECT Which of the following is not a measurable characteristic of an object-
oriented design?
completeness
A)
efficiency
B)

Page 420
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
size
C)
volatility
D)
14
INCORRECT The depth of inheritance tree (DIT) metric can give an OO software
designer a reading on the
attributes required for each class
A)
completion time required for system implementation
B)
complexity of the class hierarchy
C)
level of object reusability achieved
D)
15
INCORRECT Because the class is the dominant unit in OO systems, there is no call
for the definition of class-oriented metrics.
True
A)
False
B)
16
INCORRECT If you encounter a class with a large responsibility (large class size or CS
value) you should consider
making it a base class
A)
making it a subclass
B)
partitioning the class
C)
starting a new class hierarchy
D)
17
INCORRECT Component-level metrics include measures of
complexity
A)
coupling
B)
module cohesion
Page 421
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
C)
performance
D)
a, b, and c
E)
18
CORRECT Because the class is the dominant unit in OO systems, relatively few
metrics

Page 422
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
have been proposed for operations that reside within a class.

True

A)
False
B)
19
INCORRECT Interface metrics are used to assess the complexity of the module's
input and output relationships with external devices.
True
A)
False
B)
20
INCORRECT Halstead's source code metrics are based on the number of
modules in the program
A)
operands in the program
B)
operators in the program
C)
volume elements in the program
D)
both b and c
E)
21
INCORRECT Most testing metrics actually focus on the process of testing rather
than the technical characteristics of the tests themselves.
True

A)
False
B)
22
INCORRECT Testing effort can also be estimated using metrics derived from
cylcomatic complexity.
True

A)
False
B)
Page 423
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
23
INCORRECT Software testing metrics fall into two broad categories
metrics that focus on defect removal effectiveness
A)
metrics that focus on test coverage
B)
metrics that estimate the duration of the testing process
C)
metrics that predict the number of test cases required

Page 424
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
D)
both b and d
E)
24
INCORRECT The IEEE software maturity index is used to provide a measure of the
maintainability of a software product based on its availability
A)
relative age of a software product being considered for retirement
B)
reliability of a software product following regression testing
C)
stability of a software product as it is modified during maintenance
D)

Lecture-16
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1
INCORRECT Which of the following is not a characteristic of a WebApp?

content driven
A)

continuously evolving
B)

easily measurable
C)

network intensive
D)
Feedback:

2
INCORRECT Which of these application categories are commonly encountered in WebE work?

informational
A)

transaction-oriented
B)

portal
C)

all of the above

D)
Feedback:

3
INCORRECT WebApps must be developed and deployed quickly, making the application of software
engineering processes impossible.

True
A)
Page 425
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
False
B)
Feedback:

4
INCORRECT Which process model best describes WebE?

Linear model
A)

Incremental model
B)

Formal model
C)

all of the above

D)
Feedback:

5
INCORRECT The mechanics of software engineering analysis, design, and testing must be adapted to
accommodate the special characteristics of WebApps.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

6
INCORRECT Which of the following technologies is important to Web engineers?

component-based development
A)

internet standards
B)

security
C)

all of the above

D)
Feedback:

7 CORRECT
An evolutionary process model would never be chosen over an agile process
model to build a WebApp.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

8
INCORRECT Which of the following is not one of the characteristics that we need to take into account when a
process framework for WebE is formulated.

Page 426
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Changes occur frequently
A)

Graphic design expertise is hard to acquire

B)

Timelines are short

C)

WebApps are delivered incrementally

D)
Feedback:

9
INCORRECT During the analysis/formulation step of the WebE process two types of goals need to be defined

applicative goals and aesthetic goals

A)

applicative goals and informational goals

B)

information goals and performance goals

C)

aesthetic goals and performance goals

D)
Feedback:

10
CORRECT With extremely short time-lines it is impossible to develop plans for WebApp development
projects.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

11
INCORRECT Which activities are conducted during the WebE modeling process?

content analysis
A)

refine user tasks

B)

design architecture
C)

all of the above

D)
Feedback:

12
INCORRECT Which test(s) are not performed during WebE construction?

configuration
A)

Page 427
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
navigation
B)

reliability
C)

usability
D)
Feedback:

13
INCORRECT WebE are usually delivered to users untested and then debugged as user complaints are
registered.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

14
INCORRECT Since WebApps are fairly standard it is not important for developers to understand the
customer's business needs and objectives.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

15
CORRECT Scenario-based approaches to describing user interaction are good to use in WebE.

True
A)

False
B)
Feedback:

16
INCORRECT Since WebApps are usually developed using agile processes, modeling can safely be ignored or
skipped altogether.

True
A)

False
B)

Lecture-17

The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .

1 CORRECT
Formulation and requirements gathering are distinct and different processes
during WebE.

Page 428
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
True
A)
False
B)
Feedback:

2
INCORRECT Which of these is not one of the formulation questions asked
during Web engineering?
What are the objectives for the WebApp?
A)
What is the business need for the WebApp?
B)
Who will use the WebApp?
C)
Will you need to outsource development of the WebApp?
D)
Feedback:

3
INCORRECT Which of these are goals for WebE requirements gathering?
Define user interaction scenarios
A)
Determine performance constraints
B)
Identify content requirements
C)
Identify WebApp development tools
D)
a, b, and c
E)
Feedback:

4 CORRECT
During requirements gathering Web engineers should attempt to
define the smallest reasonable number of user classes.
True
A)
False
B)
Feedback:

5
INCORRECT Which type of analysis is not conducted during the WebE process?
Page 429
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
content analysis
A)
functional analysis
B)

Page 430
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
user interaction analysis
C)
market analysis
D)
Feedback:

6 CORRECT
One of the things that distinguish the development of WebApps from
other software products is the need to combine the work products
from both technical and non-technical tasks into a single product.

True

A)
False
B)
Feedback:

7 CORRECT
Which of these roles is not usually assigned to members of the WebE
team?
content developer
A)
marketing specialist
B)
Web master
C)
Web publisher
D)
Feedback:

8 CORRECT
In building a WebE team strong team leadership is essential.
True

A)
False
B)
Feedback:

9
INCORRECT Once formulation is complete Web engineering
is complete.
A)
may be performed in-house. Page 431
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)
may be outsourced.
C)
both b or c
D)
Feedback:

10

Page 432
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
CORRECT Outsourcing WebApps is common practice, it is important to perform
thorough analysis of the application and even create a rough design
internally before selecting a vendor.

True

A)
False
B)
Feedback:

11
INCORRECT Developing WebApps in-house is no different than developing any other
piece of software.
True
A)
False
B)
Feedback:

12
CORRECT Which of these is not a goal for using metrics in WebE?
to provide basis for effort estimation
A)
to provide basis for making personnel decisions
B)
to provide indication of business success
C)
to provide indication of technical quality
D)
Feedback:

13
INCORRECT Which of these is not a category for WebE effort metrics?
application authoring
A)
media authoring
B)
page authoring
C)
scenario authoring
D)
Feedback:

Page 433
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
14
INCORRECT Business people lag considerably behind Web engineers in
developing, collecting, and using metrics for WebApps.
True
A)
False
B)

Page 434
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Feedback:

15
CORRECT WebApps need to be built with such urgency that planning is not possible.
True
A)
False
B)
Feedback:

16
CORRECT WebApps are extremely volatile, but this does not eliminate the
need to understand the WebApp requirements.

True

A)
False
B)
Feedback:

17
INCORRECT Any team of experienced software engineers can develop WebApps.
True
A)
False
B)
Feedback:

18
INCORRECT WebApps involve so little programming that formal testing is not needed
before releasing the product to the users.
True
A)
False
B)

Lecture-18
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1 INCORRECT
Which of the following is not one of the WebApp requirements analysis tasks?

Analysis modeling
A)

Formulation
B)
Page 435
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Requirements gathering
C)

User interface prototyping

D)

Page 436
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
2 INCORRECT
User hierarchies are used to replace UML user representations for
WebApps having large numbers of user categories?
True
A)
False
B)
3 INCORRECT
WebApp use-cases might be described as bundles of functionality.
True
A)
False
B)
4 INCORRECT
As use-cases are organized into functional packages, each functional
package is assessed to ensure that it is
Comprehensive
A)
Highly cohesive
B)
Loosely coupled
C)
All of the above
D)
5 INCORRECT
Dynamic elements of WebApp analysis models describe how users
interaction with the system.
True
A)
False
B)
6 INCORRECT
Which is not one of the analysis activities that is used to create a
complete analysis model?
Configuration analysis
A)
Content analysis
B)
Functional analysis
C)
Data analysis
D) Page 437
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
7 INCORRECT
The content model contains dynamic elements that encompass the
WebApp content objects.
True
A)
False

Page 438
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)
8 CORRECT
Content objects are extracted from use cases by examining the
scenarios description for direct or indirect content references.
True
A)
False
B)
9
UNANSWERED In building a content hierarchy is sufficient to examine a list of
content objects and a brief description of each object.
True
A)
False
B)
10
INCORRECT By examining each use-case and building a class model for 1 or 2
representative users it is possible to derive the needed analysis
classes.
True
A)
False
B)
11
INCORRECT What are the most useful UML diagrams and related information that
can be used to represent a WebApp interaction model?
activity diagrams, class diagrams, state diagrams, interface
prototype
A)
activity diagrams, collaboration diagrams, sequence diagrams, state
B) diagrams
use-cases, sequence diagrams, state diagrams, interface prototype
C)
use-cases, sequence diagrams, state diagrams, sequence diagrams
D)
12
INCORRECT A user interface prototype should not be created during WebApp
analysis because doing so involves programming.
True
A)
False
B)
13 CORRECT
UML activity diagrams can be used to represent the user observable
Page 439
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
functionality delivered by the WebApp as well as the operations
contained in each analysis class.
True

A)
False
B)
14

Page 440
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
UNANSWERED The construction details indicating how the user will invoke an operation are deferred until the
WebApp design phase.

True
A)

False
B)
15 CORRECT
UML deployment diagrams can be used to create the configuration model for
a complex WebApp.

True
A)

False
B)
16
Configuration analysis focuses on the architecture of the user's Web browsing environment.
INCORRECT

True
A)

False
B)
17
INCORRECT Which of these are not steps of relationship-navigation analysis?

Element analysis
A)

Evaluation analysis
B)

Functional analysis
C)

Stakeholder analysis
D)
18 CORRECT
The answers to the relationship analysis questions help the Web engineer
position a content element within the WebApp.

True
A)

False
B)
19
INCORRECT Once the WebApp architecture is modeled the Web engineer must consider requirements that
dictate how users will navigate from one content element
to another.

True
A)

False
B)

Lecture-19
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .

Page 441
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
1
INCORRECT Which of the following characteristics should not be used to assess the quality of a WebApp?

aesthetics
A)

reliability
B)

maintainability
C)

usability
D)
2
INCORRECT Which of the following are design goals for every WebApp?

Simplicity
A)

Consistency
B)

Navigability
C)

Visual appeal
D)

all of the above

E)
3 CORRECT
Which of the following are not part of the design pyramid for WebE design?

Architectural design
A)

Business case design

B)

Content design
C)

Navigation design
D)
4 CORRECT
Every WebApp user interface should be easy to use, easy to navigate, error-free
and functional.

True
A)

False
B)
5
With WebApps content is everything, a poorly defined user interface will be quickly
INCORRECT
overlooked by frequent users.

True
A)

False
B)

Page 442
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
6
INCORRECT Which of these are WebApp interaction mechanisms?

Graphic icons
A)

Graphic images
B)

Navigation menus
C)

All of the above

D)
7
INCORRECT UML does not have any representation schemas that are useful in building WebApp design
models.

True
A)

False
B)
8
INCORRECT Screen layout design has several widely accepted standards based on human factors research.

True
A)

False
B)
9
INCORRECT Graphic design considers every aspect of the look and feel of a WebApp.

True
A)

False
B)
10
INCORRECT Content design is conducted by

Copywriters and graphic designer

A)

Web engineers
B)

both a and b
C)

none of the above

D)
11
CORRECT Content objects have both information attributes defined during analysis and implementation
specific attributes specified during design.

True
A)

False
B)

Page 443
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
12
INCORRECT Content objects are not normally chunked into Web pages until the implementation
activities begin.

True
A)

False
B)
13
INCORRECT Which of the following is not one of the browsing primitives normally found in WebApp
interfaces.

Conditional browsing
A)

Nested browsing
B)

Recursive browsing
C)

Sequential browsing
D)
14
CORRECT Content architecture and WebApp architecture are pretty much the same thing for many WebApps?

True
A)

False
B)
15
INCORRECT Which of the following is not one of the content architectural structures used by web engineers?

linear
A)

grid
B)

hierarchical
C)

parallel
D)
16
INCORRECT MVC is a three layer architecture that contains a

machine, view, content objects

A)

model, view, and content objects

B)

model, view, and controller

C)

machine, view, controller

D)
17
Web navigational design involves creating a semantic navigational unit for each

Page 444
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
CORRECT goal associated with each defined user role.

True
A)

False
B)
18
To allow the user to feel in control of a WebApp, it is a good idea to mix both horizontal and vertical
INCORRECT
navigation mechanisms on the same page.

True
A)

False
B)
19
Component level design for WebApps is very similar to component level design for other software
INCORRECT
delivery environments.

True
A)

False
B)
20
INCORRECT Which of the following is a navigation pattern used during web-based design?

cycle
A)

counterpoint
B)

sieve
C)

all of the above

D)
21
INCORRECT Which of these is not one of the design activities associated with object-oriented hypermedia design?

abstract interface design

A)

conceptual design
B)

content design
C)

navigational design
D)
22
INCORRECT Most WebApps can be easily characterized by judicious use of widely recognized suites of software
metrics?

True
A)

Fals
B)

Page 445
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Lecture-20
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1
INCORRECT Since content is central to users of WebApps testing is less important than for conventional
software products.

True
A)

False
B)
2 CORRECT
Which of the following is not one of the dimensions of quality used to assess a
WebApp.

Content
A)

Maintainability
B)

Navigability
C)

Usability
D)
3 CORRECT
WebApps require special testing methodologies because WebApp errors have
several unique characteristics.

True
A)

False
B)
4
INCORRECT Since WebApps evolve continuously, the testing process is an on-going activity, conducted by the
Web support staff using regression tests.

True
A)

False
B)
5
INCORRECT Test planning is not used in WebApp testing.

True
A)

False
B)
6
INCORRECT As the WebApp architecture is constructed which types of testing are used as integration tests?

Component testing
A)

Page 446
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Content testing
B)

Navigation testing
C)

Usability testing
D)

both a and c
E)
7 CORRECT
Which of the following is not one of the objectives of WebApp content testing?

Find organizational or structure errors

A)

Identify linking errors

B)

Uncover semantic errors

C)

Uncover syntactic errors

D)
8
INCORRECT Database testing is very rarely a part of WebApp content testing.

True
A)

False
B)
9
INCORRECT The overall strategy for interface testing is to uncover errors

in navigation semantics
A)

in overall usabililty
B)

related to specific interface mechanisms

C)

both a and c
D)
10
INCORRECT Which of the following is not a WebApp interface mechanism?

Browser
A)

Cookies
B)

Forms
C)

Links
D)
11
When testing WebApp interface semantics, each use-case is used as input for

Page 447
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
CORRECT the design of a testing sequence.

True
A)

False
B)
12
INCORRECT Usability tests should be designed and executed by intended users for a given WebApp.

True
A)

False
B)
13
INCORRECT WebApp compatibility testing is conducted to be sure that the user model for usage scenario
matched the user category assigned to a given user.

True
A)

False
B)
14
INCORRECT Which test case design technique(s) are appropriate for WebApp component- level testing?

Boundary value analysis

A)

Equivalence partitioning
B)

Path testing
C)

All of the above

D)
15
INCORRECT The purpose of WebApp navigation syntactic testing is to ensure the correct appearance of each
navigation mechanism.

True
A)

False
B)
16
CORRECT Both Web engineers and non-technical users conduct navigation semantics testing for
WebApps.

True
A)

False
B)
17
INCORRECT Which of following is not one of the elements that needs to be considered when constructing WebApp
server-side configuration tests?
Browser compatibility

Page 448
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
A)

Database software integration

B)

Operating system compatibility

C)

System security measures

D)
18
CORRECT To design client-side configuration tests each user category is assessed to reduce the number
of configuration variables to a manageable number.

True
A)

False
B)
19
INCORRECT Which of the following is not a testable WebApp security element.

Authentication
A)

Encryption
B)

Firewalls
C)

Penetration
D)
20
INCORRECT WebApp performance tests are designed to

assess WebApp usability

A)

evaluate page loading times

B)

simulate real-world loading situations

C)

test network connectivity

D)
21
INCORRECT Load testing involves determining the input of which 3 variables?

N, T, D
A)

N, T, P
B)

T, D, P
C)

N, D, P
D)
22
CORRECT WebApp stress testing is a continuation load testing.

Page 449
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
True
A)

False

Lecture-21
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a.
1 CORRECT
Effective software project management focuses on four P's which are
people, performance, payoff, product
A)
people, product, performance, process
B)
people, product, process, project
C)
people, process, payoff, product
D)
2 CORRECT
Organizations that achieve high levels of maturity in people management
have a higher likelihood of implementing effective software
engineering processes.
True
A)
False
B)
3
INCORRECT The first step in project planning is to
determine the budget.
A)
select a team organizational model.
B)
determine the project constraints.
C)
establish the objectives and scope.
D)
4
INCORRECT Process framework activities are populated with
milestones
A)
work products Page 450
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)
QA points
C)
All of the above
D)

Page 451
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
5
INCORRECT Project management is less important for modern software development
since most projects are successful and completed on time.
True
A)
False
B)
6
INCORRECT Which of the following is not generally considered a player in the
software process?
customers
A)
end-users
B)
project managers
C)
sales people
D)
7
INCORRECT The best person to hire as a project team leader is the most competent
software engineering practitioner available.
True
A)
False
B)
8 CORRECT
The best project team organizational model to use when tackling
extremely complex problems is the
closed paradigm
A)
open paradigm
B)
random paradigm
C)
synchronous paradigm
D)
9
INCORRECT Which factors should be considered in choosing the organizational
structure for a software team? (Select all that apply)
degree of communication desired
A)
predicted size of the resulting program Page 452
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)
rigidity of the delivery date
C)
size of the project budget
D)

Page 453
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
a, b, and c
E)
10
CORRECT One of the best ways to avoid frustration during the software
development process is to
give team members more control over process and technical decisions.
A)
give team members less control over process and technical decisions.
B)
hide bad news from the project team members until things improve.
C)
reward programmers based on their productivity.
D)
11
INCORRECT Small agile teams have no place in modern software development.
True
A)
False
B)
12
INCORRECT Which of these software characteristics is not a factor contributing to
project coordination difficulties?
interoperability
A)
performance
B)
scale
C)
uncertainty
D)
13
INCORRECT Which of these software characteristics are used to determine the
scope of a software project?
context, lines of code, function
A)
context, function, communication requirements
B)
information objectives, function, performance
C)
communications requirements, performance, information objectives
D)
Page 454
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
14
INCORRECT The major areas of problem decomposition during the project scoping
activity are the
customer workflow
A)
functionality to be delivered

Page 455
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)
process used to deliver functionality
C)
software process model
D)
both b and c
E)
15
CORRECT Product and process decomposition often occurs simultaneously as the
project plan evolves.

True

A)
False
B)
16
INCORRECT When can selected common process framework activities be omitted
during process decomposition?
when the project is extremely small in size
A)
any time the software is mission critical
B)
rapid prototyping does not require their use
C)
never—the activities should always occur
D)
17
INCORRECT How does a software project manager need to act to minimize the
risk of software failure?
double the project team size
A)
request a large budget
B)
start on the right foot
C)
track progress
D)
both c and d
E)
18
INCORRECT The W5HH principle contains which of the following questions?
Page 456
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Why is the system being developed?
A)
What will be done by whom?
B)
Where are they organizationally located?
C)
How much of each resource is required?

Page 457
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
D)
a, c, and d
E)
19
INCORRECT Which of these are critical practices for performance-based
project management?
assessing product usability
A)
defect tracking against quality targets
B)
empirical cost estimation
C)
formal risk management
D)
b, c, and d
E)

Lecture-22
The correct answer for each question is indicated by a .
1
INCORRECT Which of these are valid reasons for measuring software processes, products, and resources?

to characterize them
A)

to evaluate them
B)

to price them
C)

to improve them
D)

a, b, and d
E)
2
INCORRECT The terms measure, measurement, and metric all share the same definition according to the
IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terms.

True
A)

False
B)
3
INCORRECT Process indicators enable a software project manager to

assess the status of an on-going project

A)

track potential risks

Page 458
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
B)

Page 459
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
adjust work flow or tasks
C)

all of the above

D)
4
INCORRECT Public metrics are used

to evaluate the performance of software development teams.

A)

to appraise the performance of individual team members.

B)

to make strategic changes to the software process.

C)

to make tactical changes during a software project

D)

both c and d
E)
5 CORRECT
Which of the following items are not measured by software project metrics?

inputs
A)

markets
B)

outputs
C)

results
D)
6
INCORRECT Software quality and functionality must be measured indirectly.

True
A)

False
B)
7
INCORRECT Which of following are advantages of using LOC (lines of code) as a size-oriented metric?

LOC is easily computed.

A)

LOC is a language dependent measure.

B)

LOC is a language independent measure.

C)

LOC can be computed before a design is completed.

D)
8
INCORRECT Which of the following are advantages of using function points (FP) as a measure of the
functionality delivered by a software application?

Page 460
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
FP is easily computed.
A)

FP is a language dependent measure.

B)

FP is a language independent measure.

C)

FP can be computed before a design is completed.

D)

both c and d
E)
9
INCORRECT There is no need to reconcile LOC and FP measures since each is meaningful in its own right as a
project measure.

True
A)

False
B)
10
CORRECT Object-oriented project measures may be combined with historical project data to provide metrics
that aid in project estimation.

True
A)

False
B)
11
CORRECT Use-case oriented metrics are computed directly from UML diagrams and they are often used as
normalization measures.

True
A)

False
B)
12
INCORRECT Which of the following is not a measure that can be collected from a Web application
project?

Customization index
A)

Number of dynamic objects

B)

Number of internal page links

C)

Number of static web pages

D)
13
INCORRECT Which of the following software quality factors is most likely to be affected by radical changes to
computing architectures?

operation
A)

Page 461
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
transition
B)

revision
C)

none of the above

D)
14
INCORRECT Which of the following provide useful measures of software quality?

correctness, business relevance, integrity, usability

A)

reliability, maintainability, integrity, sales

B)

correctness, maintainability, size, satisfaction

C)

correctness, maintainability, integrity, usability

D)
15
CORRECT A software quality metric that can be used at both the process and project levels is defect removal
efficiency (DRE).

True
A)

False
B)
16
INCORRECT Why is it important to measure the process of software engineering and software it
produces?

It is really not necessary unless the project is extremely complex.

A)

To determine costs and allow a profit margin to be set.

B)

To determine whether a software group is improving or not.

C)

To make software engineering more like other engineering processes.

D)
17
INCORRECT To be an effective aid in process improvement the baseline data used must be:

based on reasonable guestimates from past projects

A)

measured consistently across projects

B)

drawn from similar projects

C)

based only on successful projects

D)

both b and c
E)

Page 462
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
18
INCORRECT Baseline data must be collected in an on-going manner and cannot be computed by formal study of
historical project data.

True
A)

False
B)
19
INCORRECT Small software organizations are not likely to see any economic return from establishing
software metrics program.

True
A)

False
B)
20
CORRECT The software metrics chosen by an organization are driven by the business or technical goals an
organization wishes to accomplish.

True
A)

False
B)

Software crisis appeared in ____________:

Early 60s

Oval shape in state transition diagram represents a _________

State

In A DFD communication between two external agents without an intermediate process is

_________

Prohibited

UML provides _______________ different mechanisms to document the dynamic

behaviour of the system.

Two

Page 463
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal
 AL-JUNAID INSTITUE OF GROUP
Diagrams used to capture dynamic behaviour are called ____________ diagrams.

Interaction

Page 464
Email: [email protected] VU Campus Sahiwal